1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17134 16310))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5
) "5x5" "\
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly
) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current
) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best
) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate
) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack
) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
68 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
70 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions
) "ada-mode" "\
71 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
74 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
79 (autoload (quote ada-mode
) "ada-mode" "\
80 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
82 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
85 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
86 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
88 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
89 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
91 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
94 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
96 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
97 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
99 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
100 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
102 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
103 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
104 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
105 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
106 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
109 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
111 If you use find-file.el:
112 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
113 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
114 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
115 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
116 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
118 If you use ada-xref.el:
119 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
120 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
121 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
127 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
129 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
131 (autoload (quote ada-header
) "ada-stmt" "\
132 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
138 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
140 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
142 (autoload (quote ada-find-file
) "ada-xref" "\
143 Open a file anywhere in the source path.
144 Completion is available.
146 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
150 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
151 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
152 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
153 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
154 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17141 22195))
155 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
157 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
158 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
159 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
160 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
162 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function
) "add-log")
164 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
165 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
166 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
168 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name
) "add-log")
170 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
171 *Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
172 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
173 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
174 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
175 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
177 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address
) "add-log")
179 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name
) "add-log" "\
180 Prompt for a change log name.
184 (autoload (quote find-change-log
) "add-log" "\
185 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
187 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
188 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
189 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
190 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
192 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
193 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
194 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
196 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
197 current buffer to the complete file name.
198 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
200 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
202 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry
) "add-log" "\
203 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
204 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
205 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
207 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
208 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
210 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
212 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
213 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
214 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
216 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
217 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
220 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
221 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
224 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
225 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
227 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil
)
229 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window
) "add-log" "\
230 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
231 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
232 the change log file in another window.
234 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
235 (define-key ctl-x-4-map
"a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
)
237 (autoload (quote change-log-mode
) "add-log" "\
238 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
239 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
240 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
241 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
242 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
243 \\{change-log-mode-map}
247 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
(quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
)) "\
248 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
250 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
(quote (c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
)) "\
251 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
253 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
(quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode
)) "\
254 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
256 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun
) "add-log" "\
257 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
259 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
260 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
262 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
263 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
264 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
265 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
266 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
268 Has a preference of looking backwards.
272 (autoload (quote change-log-merge
) "add-log" "\
273 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
274 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
275 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
278 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
279 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
281 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
283 (autoload (quote change-log-redate
) "add-log" "\
284 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
290 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
291 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17140
293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
295 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
(quote warn
) "\
296 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
297 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
298 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
299 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
300 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
301 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
302 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
303 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
304 interpreted as `error'.")
306 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action
) "advice")
308 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
(quote maybe
) "\
309 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
310 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
311 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
312 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
313 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
314 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
315 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
317 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action
) "advice")
319 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice
) "advice" "\
320 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
321 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
322 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
323 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
324 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
325 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
326 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
327 will be overwritten with the new one.
328 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
329 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
330 will clear the cache.
332 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
334 (autoload (quote defadvice
) "advice" "\
335 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
336 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
338 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
339 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
342 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
343 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
344 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
345 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
346 see also `ad-add-advice'.
347 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
348 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
349 before/around/after-advices will be used.
350 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
351 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
352 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
353 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
354 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
357 Semantics of the various flags:
358 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
359 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
360 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
362 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
363 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
365 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
366 advised function should be compiled.
368 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
369 during activation until somebody enables it.
371 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
372 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
373 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
374 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
376 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
377 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
378 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
379 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
380 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
383 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
385 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
389 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
390 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
391 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17144 57913))
392 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
394 (autoload (quote align
) "align" "\
395 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
396 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
397 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
398 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
399 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
400 rule's `separate' attribute).
402 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
403 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
404 `separate' attribute set.
406 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
407 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
408 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
409 on the format of these lists.
411 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
413 (autoload (quote align-regexp
) "align" "\
414 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
415 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
416 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
417 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
418 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
419 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
420 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
421 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
422 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
425 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
426 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
430 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
433 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
434 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
435 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
439 (autoload (quote align-entire
) "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
448 (autoload (quote align-current
) "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
458 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule
) "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
468 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule
) "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
473 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent
) "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
480 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (17141 22210))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
483 (autoload (quote allout-init
) "allout" "\
484 Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'.
486 MODE is one of the following symbols:
488 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout;
489 - `activate', enable auto-activation only;
490 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with
491 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time;
492 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state;
493 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without
494 any confirmation check.
496 Use this function to setup your Emacs session for automatic activation
497 of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of
498 the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and
499 `allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout).
501 `allout-init' works by setting up (or removing)
502 `allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hook', and giving
503 `allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting.
505 To prime your Emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include
506 the following two lines in your Emacs init file:
511 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
515 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
516 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17145 6065))
517 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
519 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir
) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
))
521 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir
) "ange-ftp" "\
522 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
523 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
524 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
525 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
526 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
528 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
530 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function
) "ange-ftp" "\
533 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
537 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
538 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17134 16310))
539 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
541 (autoload (quote animate-string
) "animate" "\
542 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
543 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
544 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
545 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
546 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
547 in the current window.
549 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
551 (autoload (quote animate-sequence
) "animate" "\
552 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
553 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
555 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
557 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present
) "animate" "\
558 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
559 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
561 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
565 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
566 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17144 6168))
567 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
569 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
) "ansi-color" "\
570 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
574 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output
) "ansi-color" "\
575 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
577 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
578 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
579 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
580 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
582 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
583 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
585 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
587 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
591 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
592 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17134 4426))
593 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
595 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules
) "antlr-mode" "\
596 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
597 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
598 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
599 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
602 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
603 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
604 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
607 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
608 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
609 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
610 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
614 (autoload (quote antlr-mode
) "antlr-mode" "\
615 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
620 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs
) "antlr-mode" "\
621 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
622 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
628 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
629 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
630 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
631 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17097 29966))
632 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
634 (defvar appt-issue-message t
"\
635 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
636 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
637 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
639 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message
) "appt")
641 (defvar appt-message-warning-time
12 "\
642 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
644 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time
) "appt")
646 (defvar appt-audible t
"\
647 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
649 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible
) "appt")
651 (defvar appt-visible t
"\
652 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
653 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
655 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible
) "appt")
657 (defvar appt-msg-window t
"\
658 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
659 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
661 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window
) "appt")
663 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t
"\
664 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
665 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
667 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line
) "appt")
669 (defvar appt-display-duration
10 "\
670 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
671 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
673 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration
) "appt")
675 (defvar appt-display-diary t
"\
676 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
677 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
679 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary
) "appt")
681 (autoload (quote appt-add
) "appt" "\
682 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
683 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
685 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil
)
687 (autoload (quote appt-delete
) "appt" "\
688 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
692 (autoload (quote appt-make-list
) "appt" "\
693 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
694 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
695 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
696 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
697 NUMBER hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
698 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
700 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
703 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
704 appointment package (if it is not already active).
708 (autoload (quote appt-activate
) "appt" "\
709 Toggle checking of appointments.
710 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
711 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
713 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
717 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
718 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable) "apropos" "apropos.el"
719 ;;;;;; (17141 22213))
720 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
722 (autoload (quote apropos-variable
) "apropos" "\
723 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
724 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
727 \(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
729 (defalias (quote command-apropos
) (quote apropos-command
))
731 (autoload (quote apropos-command
) "apropos" "\
732 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
733 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
734 noninteractive functions.
736 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
737 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
739 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
741 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property
) "apropos" "\
742 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
744 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
746 (autoload (quote apropos
) "apropos" "\
747 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
748 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
749 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
750 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
752 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
754 (autoload (quote apropos-value
) "apropos" "\
755 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
756 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
757 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
758 Returns list of symbols and values found.
760 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
762 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation
) "apropos" "\
763 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
764 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
765 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
767 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
769 \(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
773 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17141
775 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
777 (autoload (quote archive-mode
) "arc-mode" "\
778 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
779 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
780 Letters no longer insert themselves.
781 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
782 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
784 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
785 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
790 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
794 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17141 22216))
795 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
797 (autoload (quote array-mode
) "array" "\
798 Major mode for editing arrays.
800 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
801 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
802 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
804 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
806 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
807 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
808 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
810 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
811 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
812 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
813 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
816 Variables you assign:
817 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
818 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
819 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
820 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
821 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
822 row numbers in the buffer.
824 Variables which are calculated:
825 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
826 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
828 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
829 take a numeric prefix argument):
831 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
832 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
833 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
834 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
836 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
837 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
838 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
839 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
841 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
842 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
843 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
844 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
846 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
847 between that of point and mark.
849 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
850 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
852 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
853 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
854 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
855 newlines inside rows)
857 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
859 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
865 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17141
867 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
869 (autoload (quote artist-mode
) "artist" "\
870 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
871 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
872 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
874 How to quit artist mode
876 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
879 How to submit a bug report
881 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
884 Drawing with the mouse:
887 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
888 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
892 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
895 Operation Not shifted Shifted
896 --------------------------------------------------------------
897 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
899 --------------------------------------------------------------
900 Line Line in any direction Straight line
901 --------------------------------------------------------------
902 Rectangle Rectangle Square
903 --------------------------------------------------------------
904 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
905 --------------------------------------------------------------
906 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
907 --------------------------------------------------------------
908 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
909 --------------------------------------------------------------
910 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
911 --------------------------------------------------------------
912 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
913 --------------------------------------------------------------
914 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
916 --------------------------------------------------------------
917 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
918 --------------------------------------------------------------
919 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
920 --------------------------------------------------------------
922 --------------------------------------------------------------
923 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
924 --------------------------------------------------------------
926 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
929 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
930 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
931 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
932 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
935 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
936 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
937 overwrite means the opposite.
939 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
940 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
941 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
943 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
945 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
946 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
948 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
949 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
950 are currently drawing something.
952 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
956 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
957 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
962 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
964 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
966 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
968 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
970 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
971 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
973 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
978 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
979 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
980 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
981 When erase characters: toggles erasing
982 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
985 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
987 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
989 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
990 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
991 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
992 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
993 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
994 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
999 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1000 of the line/poly-line
1002 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1003 of the line/poly-line
1008 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1010 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1011 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1012 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1013 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1014 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1015 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1016 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1017 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1018 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1019 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1020 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1021 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1022 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1023 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1024 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1025 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1026 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1027 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1028 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1029 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1034 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1035 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1037 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1038 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1039 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1040 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1041 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1042 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1043 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1044 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1045 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1046 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1047 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1048 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1049 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1050 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1051 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1052 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1053 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1054 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1055 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1059 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1060 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1067 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil
)
1071 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17134
1073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1075 (autoload (quote asm-mode
) "asm-mode" "\
1076 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1077 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1079 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1080 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1081 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1082 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1084 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1085 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1087 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1088 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1090 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1099 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1100 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
1101 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1103 (defvar auto-show-mode nil
"\
1106 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show")
1108 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode
) "auto-show" "\
1109 This command is obsolete.
1115 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1116 ;;;;;; (17141 22218))
1117 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1119 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1120 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1121 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
1123 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg")
1125 (put (quote autoarg-mode
) (quote custom-set
) (quote custom-set-minor-mode
))
1127 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1128 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1129 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1130 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1131 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1132 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1133 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1134 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1135 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1136 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1139 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1140 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1141 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1142 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1143 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1145 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1149 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1150 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1151 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1152 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1153 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1155 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg")
1157 (put (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) (quote custom-set
) (quote custom-set-minor-mode
))
1159 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode
) "autoarg" "\
1160 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1161 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1162 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1163 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1164 &c to supply digit arguments.
1166 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1172 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1173 ;;;;;; (17134 4426))
1174 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1176 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode
) "autoconf" "\
1177 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1183 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1184 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17141 22218))
1185 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1187 (autoload (quote auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1188 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1189 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1193 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert
) "autoinsert" "\
1194 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1195 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1196 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1198 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1200 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1201 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1202 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1203 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1204 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1206 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert")
1208 (put (quote auto-insert-mode
) (quote custom-set
) (quote custom-set-minor-mode
))
1210 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode
) "autoinsert" "\
1211 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1212 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1213 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1215 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1216 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1218 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1222 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1223 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1224 ;;;;;; (17140 65506))
1225 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1227 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1228 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1229 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1230 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1231 save the buffer too.
1233 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1235 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil
)
1237 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1238 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1239 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1240 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1241 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1242 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1244 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1245 directory or directories specified.
1247 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1249 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads
) "autoload" "\
1250 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1251 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1257 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1258 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1259 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17144 6170))
1260 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1262 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1263 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1265 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1266 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1267 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1268 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1269 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1273 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1274 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1276 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1277 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1281 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1282 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1283 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1285 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1286 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1287 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1288 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1289 reflected in the current buffer.
1291 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1292 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1293 writing before you save the file!
1295 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1299 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1300 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1302 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1303 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1307 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1308 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1309 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1310 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1311 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1313 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert")
1315 (put (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) (quote custom-set
) (quote custom-set-minor-mode
))
1317 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode
) "autorevert" "\
1318 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1320 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1321 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1322 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1328 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1329 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17141 22221))
1330 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1332 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1333 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1334 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1335 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1336 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1338 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid")
1340 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode
) "avoid" "\
1341 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1342 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1343 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1345 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1346 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1347 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1349 Effects of the different modes:
1350 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1351 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1352 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1353 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1354 a random distance & direction.
1355 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1356 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1357 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1359 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1361 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1362 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1363 definition of \"random distance\".)
1365 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1369 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1370 ;;;;;; (17140 65506))
1371 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1373 (autoload (quote backquote
) "backquote" "\
1374 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1376 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1377 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1381 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1382 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1383 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1384 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1386 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1388 \(fn ARG)" nil
(quote macro
))
1390 (defalias (quote \
`) (symbol-function (quote backquote
)))
1394 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1395 ;;;;;; (17141 22221))
1396 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1397 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1399 (autoload (quote battery
) "battery" "\
1400 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1401 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1402 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1406 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1407 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1408 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1409 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1410 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1412 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode
) "battery")
1414 (put (quote display-battery-mode
) (quote custom-set
) (quote custom-set-minor-mode
))
1416 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode
) "battery" "\
1417 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1418 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1419 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1420 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1427 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1428 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17140 65506))
1429 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1431 (autoload (quote benchmark-run
) "benchmark" "\
1432 Time execution of FORMS.
1433 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1434 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1436 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1437 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1438 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1440 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1442 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled
) "benchmark" "\
1443 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1444 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1445 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1446 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1448 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil
(quote macro
))
1450 (autoload (quote benchmark
) "benchmark" "\
1451 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1452 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1453 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1454 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1456 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1460 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17141
1462 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1464 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode
) "bibtex" "\
1465 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1467 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1469 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1470 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1471 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1472 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1474 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1475 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1476 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1477 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1478 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1480 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1481 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1484 Special information:
1486 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1488 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1489 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1490 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1491 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1492 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1493 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1494 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1495 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1496 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1497 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1498 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1500 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1501 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1502 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1503 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1504 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1505 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1506 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1507 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1509 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1511 ----------------------------------------------------------
1512 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1513 if that value is non-nil.
1521 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1522 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1523 ;;;;;; (17141 6631))
1524 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1526 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$")
1528 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal
) "binhex" "\
1529 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1530 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1532 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1534 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external
) "binhex" "\
1535 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1537 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1539 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region
) "binhex" "\
1540 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1542 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1546 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17134
1548 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1550 (autoload (quote blackbox
) "blackbox" "\
1552 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1556 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1557 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1558 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1559 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1560 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1565 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1566 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1569 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1572 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1573 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1575 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1576 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1578 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1579 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1580 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1581 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1582 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1583 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1587 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1589 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1590 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1591 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1592 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1594 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1595 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1596 denoted by the letter `R'.
1598 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1599 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1600 denoted by the letter `H'.
1602 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1605 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1606 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1607 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1608 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1609 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1610 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1613 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1614 degree deflection it causes.
1617 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1618 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1619 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1620 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1621 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1622 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1623 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1624 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1627 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1628 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1631 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1632 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1633 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1634 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1635 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1636 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1637 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1638 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1640 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1641 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1642 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1643 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1644 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1645 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1646 emerging from the box.
1648 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1650 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1651 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1652 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1653 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1654 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1655 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1656 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1657 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1659 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1666 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1667 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1668 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1669 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17144 6174))
1670 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1671 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rb" 'bookmark-jump
)
1672 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rm" 'bookmark-set
)
1673 (define-key ctl-x-map
"rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
1675 (defvar bookmark-map nil
"\
1676 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1677 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1678 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1679 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1680 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1681 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map
)
1682 (define-key bookmark-map
"x" 'bookmark-set
)
1683 (define-key bookmark-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) ; "m" for "mark"
1684 (define-key bookmark-map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
)
1685 (define-key bookmark-map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) ; "g" for "go"
1686 (define-key bookmark-map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
)
1687 (define-key bookmark-map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
)
1688 (define-key bookmark-map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) ; "f" for "find"
1689 (define-key bookmark-map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
)
1690 (define-key bookmark-map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
)
1691 (define-key bookmark-map
"l" 'bookmark-load
)
1692 (define-key bookmark-map
"w" 'bookmark-write
)
1693 (define-key bookmark-map
"s" 'bookmark-save
)
1695 (autoload (quote bookmark-set
) "bookmark" "\
1696 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1697 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1698 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1699 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1700 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1701 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1702 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1705 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1706 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1707 yank successive words.
1709 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1710 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1711 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1712 name of the file being visited.
1714 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1715 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1716 the list of bookmarks.)
1718 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil
)
1720 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump
) "bookmark" "\
1721 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1722 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1723 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1724 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1727 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1728 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
1729 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1730 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1732 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
1734 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate
) "bookmark" "\
1735 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1736 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1737 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1738 after a bookmark was set in it.
1740 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
1742 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location
) "bookmark" "\
1743 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1744 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1745 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1747 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
1749 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate
) (quote bookmark-insert-location
))
1751 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename
) "bookmark" "\
1752 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1753 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1754 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1756 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1757 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1758 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1760 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1761 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1764 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil
)
1766 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert
) "bookmark" "\
1767 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1768 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1769 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1770 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1773 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
1775 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete
) "bookmark" "\
1776 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1777 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1778 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1779 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1780 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1781 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1782 probably because we were called from there.
1784 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
1786 (autoload (quote bookmark-write
) "bookmark" "\
1787 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1788 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1792 (autoload (quote bookmark-save
) "bookmark" "\
1793 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1794 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1795 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1798 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
1799 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1800 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1801 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1802 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1804 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1805 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1806 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1807 `bookmark-default-file'.
1809 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
1811 (autoload (quote bookmark-load
) "bookmark" "\
1812 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1813 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1814 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1815 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1818 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1819 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1820 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1821 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1822 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1825 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1826 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1827 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1828 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1830 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
1832 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
) "bookmark" "\
1833 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1834 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1835 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1836 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1840 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1842 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks
) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list
))
1844 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map
[load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
1846 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
1850 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1851 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1852 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1853 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1854 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1855 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1856 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1857 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
1858 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
1859 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17134 16279))
1860 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1862 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
1863 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1864 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1865 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1867 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1868 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1869 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1870 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1871 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1873 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
1875 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
1876 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
1878 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url")
1880 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
1881 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
1883 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url")
1885 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1890 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1891 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1892 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1893 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1894 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1895 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1897 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1899 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1900 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1901 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1902 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1905 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1907 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1908 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
1912 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1913 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
1915 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
1917 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1918 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1919 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1920 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1922 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
1924 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1925 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1926 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1927 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1931 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1932 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1933 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1934 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1935 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1940 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1941 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1942 Default to the URL around or before point.
1944 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1945 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1946 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1947 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1949 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1950 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1952 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
1953 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
1954 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
1956 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
1958 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1959 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1960 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1961 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1963 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1964 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1965 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1966 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1968 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
1969 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
1970 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
1972 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1973 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1975 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1977 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1978 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1979 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1980 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1982 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1983 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1984 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1985 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1987 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1988 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1989 new tab in an existing window instead.
1991 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1992 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1994 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1996 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
1997 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
1998 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
1999 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2002 When called interactively, if variable
2003 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2004 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2005 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2006 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2008 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2009 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2010 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2012 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2013 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2015 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2016 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2017 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2018 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2019 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2020 URL in a new window.
2022 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2024 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2025 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2026 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2027 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2029 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2030 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2031 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2032 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2034 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2035 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2036 new tab in an existing window instead.
2038 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2039 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2041 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2043 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2044 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2045 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2046 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2048 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2049 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2050 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2051 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2053 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2054 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2056 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2058 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2059 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2061 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2062 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2063 program is invoked according to the variable
2064 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2066 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2067 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2068 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2069 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2071 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2072 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2074 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2076 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2077 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2078 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2079 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2081 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2083 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2084 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2085 Default to the URL around or before point.
2087 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2088 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2089 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2091 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2092 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2093 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2094 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2096 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2097 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2099 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2101 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2102 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2103 Default to the URL around or before point.
2105 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2107 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2108 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2109 Default to the URL around or before point.
2111 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2112 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2113 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2115 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2116 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2118 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2120 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2121 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2122 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2123 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2125 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2127 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2128 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2129 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2130 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2131 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2133 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2135 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2136 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2137 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2138 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2140 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2141 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2142 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2143 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2145 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2146 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2148 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2150 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2151 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2152 Default to the URL around or before point.
2154 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2156 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2157 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2158 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2159 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2160 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2163 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2164 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2165 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2166 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2168 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2169 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2171 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2173 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2174 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2175 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2176 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2177 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2178 don't offer a form of remote control.
2180 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2182 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2183 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2184 Default to the URL around or before point.
2186 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2190 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17134
2192 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2194 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2195 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2199 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2200 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2206 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2207 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17141 22228))
2208 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2210 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2211 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2212 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2213 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2217 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2218 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2219 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2220 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2224 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2225 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2229 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2230 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2232 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2233 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2234 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2235 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2237 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2238 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2239 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2240 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2241 name of buffer configuration.
2247 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2248 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17141
2250 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2252 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2253 Keymap used by buttons.")
2255 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2256 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2257 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2259 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2260 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2261 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2262 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2263 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2264 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2266 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2267 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2268 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2269 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2271 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2273 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2274 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2275 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2276 specifying properties to add to the button.
2277 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2278 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2279 `define-button-type'.
2281 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2283 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2285 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2286 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2287 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2288 specifying properties to add to the button.
2289 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2290 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2291 `define-button-type'.
2293 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2295 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2297 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2298 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2299 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2300 specifying properties to add to the button.
2301 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2302 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2303 `define-button-type'.
2305 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2306 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2307 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2310 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2312 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2314 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2315 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2316 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2317 specifying properties to add to the button.
2318 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2319 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2320 `define-button-type'.
2322 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2323 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2324 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2325 `insert-text-button'.
2327 Also see `make-text-button'.
2329 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2333 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2334 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2335 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2336 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2337 ;;;;;; (17140 65522))
2338 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2340 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2341 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2342 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2344 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2346 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2347 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2348 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2349 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2351 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2352 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2353 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2354 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2355 whether to compile it.
2357 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2359 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2360 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2362 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2364 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2365 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2366 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2367 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2368 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2370 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2372 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2373 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2374 Print the result in the echo area.
2375 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2379 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2380 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2381 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2383 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2385 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2386 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2387 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2388 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2389 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2390 all functions called by those functions.
2392 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2393 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2396 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2397 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2398 invoked interactively.
2400 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2402 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2403 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2404 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2405 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2409 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2410 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2411 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2412 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2413 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2414 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2415 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2418 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2420 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2421 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2422 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2423 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2425 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17097 29969))
2430 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2432 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2434 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2438 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2439 ;;;;;; (17097 29972))
2440 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2442 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2443 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2444 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2445 from the cursor position.
2447 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2451 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2452 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2453 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2454 ;;;;;; (17110 50514))
2455 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2457 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2458 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2460 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc")
2461 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2463 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2464 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2468 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2469 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2471 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2473 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2474 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2476 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2478 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2479 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2483 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2484 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2485 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2486 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2488 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2490 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2491 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2492 This is most useful in the X window system.
2493 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2494 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2496 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2498 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2499 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2500 See calc-keypad for details.
2502 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2504 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2505 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2507 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2509 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2510 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2512 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2514 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2515 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2517 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2519 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2520 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2521 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2523 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2525 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2528 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2532 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17141
2534 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2536 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2537 Run the Emacs calculator.
2538 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2544 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2545 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2546 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2547 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2548 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2549 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2550 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2551 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2552 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2553 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2554 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2555 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2556 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2557 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2558 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2559 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2560 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset)
2561 ;;;;;; "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (17144 57990))
2562 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2564 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2565 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2566 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2567 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2570 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2572 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2573 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2574 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2575 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2576 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2577 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2579 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2581 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2582 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2583 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2584 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2585 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2586 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2587 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2589 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2590 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2591 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2592 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2593 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2595 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2596 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2597 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2599 (custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar")
2601 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2602 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2603 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2605 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2607 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2608 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2609 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2611 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2613 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2614 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2615 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2618 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2620 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2621 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2622 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2624 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2626 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2627 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2628 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2630 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2632 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2634 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2635 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2636 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2638 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2641 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2643 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2644 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2645 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2647 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2650 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2652 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2653 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2654 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2656 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2659 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2661 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2662 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2663 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2665 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2667 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2668 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2669 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2670 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2671 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2673 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2675 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2676 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2677 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2678 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2679 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2680 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2681 a function is also provided for this:
2682 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2684 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2685 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2686 date is not visible in the window.
2688 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2689 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2690 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2692 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2694 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2695 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2697 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2698 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2699 date is visible in the window.
2701 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2702 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2703 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2705 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2707 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2708 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2712 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2714 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2716 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2718 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2719 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2721 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2722 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2730 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2731 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2732 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2733 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2734 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2735 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2736 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2737 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2738 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2739 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2740 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2741 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2744 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2745 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2746 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2747 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2755 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2756 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2758 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2759 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2760 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2761 window but will appear in a diary window.
2763 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2764 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2766 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2767 entries (in the default American style):
2769 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2770 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2771 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2773 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2774 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2775 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2776 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2777 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2778 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2779 &* 15 time cards due.
2781 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2782 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2783 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2787 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2788 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2789 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2790 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2791 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2792 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2794 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2795 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2796 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2798 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2800 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2802 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
2803 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
2804 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
2805 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
2806 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2807 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2808 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2809 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
2810 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
2811 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
2814 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
2815 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
2816 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
2817 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
2818 documentation for these functions for details.
2820 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2821 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2823 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2825 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2826 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2828 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2830 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2831 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2833 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2835 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2836 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2838 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2840 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
2841 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
2843 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2845 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2846 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2847 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2849 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
2851 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2852 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2853 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2855 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2857 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2858 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2859 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
2860 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
2863 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
2865 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2866 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2867 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2868 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
2877 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
2878 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
2879 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect,
2880 this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates
2881 are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or
2882 `american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.")
2884 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
2886 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2887 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2888 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2890 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2892 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2893 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2894 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2896 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2898 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2899 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2900 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2902 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2904 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2905 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2906 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2908 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2910 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2911 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2912 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2913 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2914 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2915 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2917 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2919 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2920 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2921 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2923 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2924 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2925 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2928 #include \"filename\"
2930 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2931 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2932 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2933 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2934 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2936 For example, you could use
2938 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2939 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2940 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2942 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2943 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2944 lexicographic order.")
2946 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2948 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2949 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2950 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2952 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
2954 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2955 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2956 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2959 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2960 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2961 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2962 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2963 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2964 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2965 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2967 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2968 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2969 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2970 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2971 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2972 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2973 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2974 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2976 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
2978 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2979 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2980 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
2981 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
2982 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
2983 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2984 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2986 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
2988 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2989 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2991 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2992 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2993 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2995 #include \"filename\"
2996 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2997 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2998 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2999 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3000 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3002 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
3004 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3005 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3006 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3007 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3008 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3009 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3010 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3012 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
3014 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3015 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3016 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3019 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
3021 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3022 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3023 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3024 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3025 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3027 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
3029 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3031 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3032 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3033 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3035 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
3037 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3039 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3041 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3043 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
3045 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3047 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3049 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3051 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
3053 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3055 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3056 *User defined holidays.
3057 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3059 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3061 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3063 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3065 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3067 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3069 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3071 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3073 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3075 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3077 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3079 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3081 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3083 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3085 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3087 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3088 *Christian holidays.
3089 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3091 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3093 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3095 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3097 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3099 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3101 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3103 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3105 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3107 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar")
3109 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3111 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3112 *Sun-related holidays.
3113 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3115 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3117 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3119 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3120 The frame setup of the calendar.
3121 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3122 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3123 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3124 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3125 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3127 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar")
3129 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3130 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3131 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3133 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3134 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3138 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3139 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3140 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3142 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3143 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3144 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3145 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3147 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
3151 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3152 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17141 6632))
3153 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3155 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3156 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3158 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3160 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3161 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3162 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3165 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3169 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3170 ;;;;;; (17144 58026))
3171 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3173 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3174 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3175 This function does not do any hidden buffer changes.
3181 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3182 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3183 ;;;;;; (17134 4484))
3184 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3186 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3187 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3188 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3189 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3190 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3191 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3192 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3194 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3196 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3197 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3198 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3199 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3200 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3201 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3202 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3203 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3205 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3206 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3207 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3208 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3209 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3210 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3212 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3214 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3215 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3222 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3223 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3225 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3226 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3227 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3228 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3229 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3230 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3233 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3235 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3236 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3243 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3244 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3245 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3247 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3248 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3249 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3250 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3251 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3252 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3255 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3257 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3258 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3265 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3266 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3267 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3269 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3270 Major mode for editing Java code.
3271 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3272 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3273 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3274 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3277 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3279 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3280 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3287 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3288 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3289 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3291 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3292 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3293 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3294 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3295 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3296 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3299 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3301 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3302 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3309 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3310 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3311 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3312 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3314 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3315 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3316 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3317 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3318 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3319 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3322 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3324 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3325 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3331 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3332 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3333 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3334 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3335 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3336 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3340 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3341 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17134 4487))
3342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3344 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3345 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3346 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3347 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3348 for details of setting up styles.
3350 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3353 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3354 already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3355 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3356 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3359 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3360 have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3361 while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3362 global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3363 \(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3366 Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3367 initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3368 that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3369 when used elsewhere.
3371 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3373 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3374 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3375 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3376 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3378 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3380 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3381 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3382 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3384 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3386 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3387 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3388 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3389 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3390 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3392 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3396 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3397 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3398 ;;;;;; (17097 30239))
3399 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3401 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3402 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3404 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3406 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3407 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3409 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3411 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3412 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3414 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3415 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3416 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3417 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3420 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3422 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3424 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3425 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3427 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3428 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3432 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3433 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3434 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3435 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3436 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3439 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3440 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3441 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3442 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3444 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3445 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3448 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3450 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3452 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3455 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3456 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3458 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3459 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3460 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3463 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3465 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3466 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3467 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3469 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3471 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3473 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3474 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3476 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3480 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3482 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3484 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3485 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3488 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3489 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3492 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3494 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3495 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3496 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3497 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3498 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3499 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3500 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3501 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3502 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3503 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3504 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3505 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3506 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3507 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3508 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3509 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3512 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3513 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3515 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3516 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3518 | (write EXPRESSION)
3519 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3520 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3523 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3526 ;; Same as: (write string)
3528 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3529 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3530 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3533 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3534 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3535 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3536 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3537 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3538 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3540 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3541 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3543 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3546 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3547 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3548 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3550 ARG := REG | integer
3553 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3556 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3559 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3562 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3563 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3566 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3567 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3568 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3571 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3572 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3573 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3576 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3577 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3579 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3580 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3581 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3584 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3585 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3588 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3589 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3591 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3594 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3598 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3599 ;; Same meaning as C code
3600 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3602 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3607 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3608 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3611 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3612 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3616 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3620 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3621 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3622 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3624 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3625 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3626 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3628 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3629 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3630 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3631 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3632 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3635 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3637 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3638 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3639 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3640 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3641 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3642 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3644 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3646 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3647 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3648 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3650 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3652 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3656 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3657 ;;;;;; (17134 4489))
3658 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3660 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3661 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3662 There are no special keybindings by default.
3664 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3665 to the action header.
3671 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3672 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3673 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3674 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3675 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3676 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3677 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3678 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3679 ;;;;;; (17140 65527))
3680 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3682 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3683 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3684 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3685 the users will view as each check is completed.
3689 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3690 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3691 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3692 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3693 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3694 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3695 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3696 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3698 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3700 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3701 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3702 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3703 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3704 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3705 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3706 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3707 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3709 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3711 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3712 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3713 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3714 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3715 spacing are all verified.
3719 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3720 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3721 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3722 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3723 otherwise stop after the first error.
3725 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3727 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3728 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3729 Only documentation strings are checked.
3730 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3731 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3734 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3736 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3737 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3738 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3739 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3740 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3742 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3744 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3745 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3746 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3747 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3750 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3752 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3753 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3754 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3755 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3757 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3759 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3761 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3762 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3763 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3765 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3767 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3768 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3769 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3770 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3771 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3775 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3776 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3777 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3778 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3779 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3780 space at the end of each line.
3782 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3784 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3785 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3786 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3787 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3789 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3791 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3792 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3793 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3794 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3796 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3798 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3799 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3800 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3801 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3803 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3805 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3806 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3807 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3808 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3810 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3812 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3813 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3814 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3815 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3817 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3819 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3820 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3821 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3822 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3824 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3826 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3827 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3828 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3829 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3831 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3833 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3834 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3835 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3836 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3838 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3840 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3841 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3842 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3843 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3845 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3847 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3848 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3849 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3851 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3852 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3853 checking of documentation strings.
3855 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3861 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3862 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17097
3864 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3866 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3867 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3868 Return the length of resulting text.
3870 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3872 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3873 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3877 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3878 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3879 Return the length of resulting text.
3881 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3883 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3884 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3890 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3891 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17141 22235))
3892 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3894 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3895 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3896 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3897 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3898 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3899 editing and the result is evaluated.
3901 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3903 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3904 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3905 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3906 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3907 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3909 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3913 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3914 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3915 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3916 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3917 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3919 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3920 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3921 \\{command-history-map}
3923 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3924 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17140 65533))
3931 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3933 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3934 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3935 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3936 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3937 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3938 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3940 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3941 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3945 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3946 ;;;;;; (17140 65530))
3947 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3949 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3952 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3956 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3957 ;;;;;; (17134 4489))
3958 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3960 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3961 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3962 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3963 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3965 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3966 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
3967 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
3968 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
3970 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3971 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3973 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3977 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17143
3979 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3981 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3982 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
3983 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3984 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3985 of `scheme-program-name').
3986 If a file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' exists, it is given as initial input.
3987 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
3988 discards input when it starts up.
3989 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
3991 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3994 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3998 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3999 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4000 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17097 30244))
4001 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4003 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4004 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4005 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4008 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4009 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4010 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4011 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4013 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4015 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4016 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4017 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4019 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4021 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4022 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4023 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4025 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4027 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4028 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4029 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4031 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4033 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4034 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4036 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4037 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4038 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4040 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4041 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4045 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4046 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4048 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4049 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4050 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4052 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4056 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4057 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4058 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4059 ;;;;;; (17144 57920))
4060 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4062 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4063 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4064 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4065 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4066 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4067 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4068 functions have already modified the buffer.
4070 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4072 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4073 either globally or locally.")
4075 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4077 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4078 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4079 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4080 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4081 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4082 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4083 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4084 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4086 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4088 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4090 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4091 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4092 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4093 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4094 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4095 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4096 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4097 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4099 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4101 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4103 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4104 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4105 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4106 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4107 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4108 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4110 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4112 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4113 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4114 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4116 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4118 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4120 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4121 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4122 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4124 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4126 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4128 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4129 Send COMMAND to current process.
4130 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4131 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4133 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4135 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4136 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4137 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4138 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4140 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4144 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17141
4146 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4148 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4149 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4150 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4151 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4153 This command pushes the mark in each window
4154 at the prior location of point in that window.
4155 If both windows display the same buffer,
4156 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4157 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4159 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4160 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4161 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4162 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4163 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4164 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4165 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4168 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4169 this command work in interlaced mode:
4170 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4171 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4172 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4174 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4178 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4179 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compile compilation-search-path
4180 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4181 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (17145 8109))
4182 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4184 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4185 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4187 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4189 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4190 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4192 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4194 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4195 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4196 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4197 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4198 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4199 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4200 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4202 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4203 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4204 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4205 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4206 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4208 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4209 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4210 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4211 describing how the process finished.")
4213 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4214 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4215 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4216 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4218 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4219 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4220 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4222 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4224 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4225 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4226 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4227 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4229 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4231 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4232 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4233 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4234 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4236 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4237 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4239 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4240 and move to the source code that caused it.
4242 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4243 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4244 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4245 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4247 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4248 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4249 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4250 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4253 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4254 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4255 to a function that generates a unique name.
4257 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4259 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4260 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4261 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4262 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4263 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4265 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4267 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4269 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4271 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4272 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4273 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4274 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4275 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4276 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4277 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4281 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4282 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4283 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4284 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4285 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4286 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4290 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4291 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4292 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4294 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4296 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4300 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4301 ;;;;;; (17141 22246))
4302 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4304 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4305 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4306 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4307 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4308 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4310 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4312 (put (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
4314 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4315 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4316 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4318 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4319 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4320 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4321 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4323 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4324 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4325 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4326 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4328 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4329 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4330 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4331 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4333 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4337 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4338 ;;;;;; (17144 6189))
4339 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4341 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4342 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4348 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4349 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4350 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4351 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17118 19755))
4352 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4354 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4355 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4356 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4357 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4360 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4362 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4363 | | 1:tc or top-center
4364 | | 2:tr or top-right
4365 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4366 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4367 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4368 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4369 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4370 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4372 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4373 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4374 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4375 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4378 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4379 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4380 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4382 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4386 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4390 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4393 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4394 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4395 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4396 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4398 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4400 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4401 Compose characters in the current region.
4403 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4404 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4406 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4408 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4409 specifying the region.
4411 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4412 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4413 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4415 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4416 of the text in the region.
4418 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4420 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4421 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4422 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4423 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4425 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4426 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4429 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4430 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4431 text in the composition.
4433 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4435 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4436 Decompose text in the current region.
4438 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4439 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4441 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4443 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4444 Compose characters in string STRING.
4446 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4447 the characters in it.
4449 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4450 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4451 STRING respectively.
4453 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4454 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4455 `compose-region' for more detail.
4457 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4458 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4459 text in the composition.
4461 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4463 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4464 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4466 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4468 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4469 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4470 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4471 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4472 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4473 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4474 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4475 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4477 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4479 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4480 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4482 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4483 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4485 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4486 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4488 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4489 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4491 If no composition is found, return nil.
4493 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4494 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4496 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4497 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4498 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4500 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4502 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4504 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4505 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4506 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4508 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4510 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4512 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4514 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4515 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4517 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4518 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4519 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4520 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4521 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4522 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4523 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4526 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
4528 nil -- if no characters were composed.
4529 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
4531 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
4533 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
4534 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
4536 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
4538 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
4540 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
4541 Compose last characters.
4542 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
4543 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
4544 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
4545 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
4546 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
4547 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
4548 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
4549 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
4550 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
4551 after a sequence of character events.
4554 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
4556 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
4557 Convert CHAR to string.
4559 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
4560 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
4561 vector of CHAR respectively.
4562 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
4564 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
4566 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
4570 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4571 ;;;;;; conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode conf-unix-mode
4572 ;;;;;; conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (17141 112))
4573 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4575 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4576 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4577 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4578 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4579 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4580 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4581 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4583 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4584 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4585 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4587 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4588 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4589 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4591 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4592 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4593 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4594 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4596 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4597 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4598 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4599 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4600 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4601 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4602 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4606 \(fn &optional COMMENT SYNTAX-TABLE NAME)" t nil)
4608 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4609 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4610 Comments start with `#'.
4611 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4613 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with C-c C-u
4623 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4624 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4625 Comments start with `;'.
4626 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4628 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with C-c C-w
4630 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4631 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4632 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4634 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4635 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4639 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4640 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4641 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4642 between `/*' and `*/'.
4643 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4645 # Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-j (Java properties)
4646 // another kind of comment
4658 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4659 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4660 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4661 recognized according to `conf-space-keywords'. Interactively
4662 with a prefix ARG of `0' no keywords will be recognized. With
4663 any other prefix arg you will be prompted for a regexp to match
4664 the keywords. Programmatically you can pass such a regexp as
4665 KEYWORDS, or any non-nil non-string for no keywords.
4667 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4669 # Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-s (space separated)
4671 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4675 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4677 # Standard multimedia devices
4678 add /dev/audio desktop
4679 add /dev/mixer desktop
4681 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4683 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4684 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4685 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4686 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4688 # Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-c (colon)
4690 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4691 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4693 \(fn &optional COMMENT SYNTAX-TABLE NAME)" t nil)
4695 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4696 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4697 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4698 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4700 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-p (PPD)
4702 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4703 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4707 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
4708 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4709 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4710 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4712 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with C-c C-x (.Xdefaults)
4721 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4722 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17134 16310))
4723 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4725 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4726 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4727 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4728 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4730 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4732 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4733 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4734 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4735 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4737 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4739 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4740 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4741 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4742 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4744 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4746 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4747 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4749 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4753 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
4754 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17141 0))
4755 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4757 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4758 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4759 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4760 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4761 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4762 following the copyright are updated as well.
4763 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4766 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4768 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
4769 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4770 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4774 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4775 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4777 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4781 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4782 ;;;;;; (17134 4520))
4783 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4785 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4786 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4787 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4788 Tab indents for Perl code.
4789 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4790 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4792 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4793 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4794 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4795 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4796 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4797 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4798 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4799 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4800 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4801 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4802 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4803 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4805 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4807 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4808 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4810 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4812 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4813 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4814 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4815 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4816 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4817 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4818 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4819 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4820 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4822 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4826 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4827 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4828 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4831 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4832 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4833 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4835 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4837 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4838 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4839 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4840 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4841 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4843 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4853 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4854 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4855 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4856 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4857 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4858 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4859 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4860 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4861 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4862 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4863 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4864 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4865 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4867 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4868 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4869 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4870 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4871 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4872 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4874 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4875 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4878 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4879 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4880 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4881 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4882 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4884 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4885 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4886 span the needed amount of lines.
4888 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4889 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4890 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4891 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4893 Variables controlling indentation style:
4894 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4895 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4896 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4897 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4898 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4899 `cperl-auto-newline'
4900 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4901 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4902 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4903 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4904 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4905 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4906 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4907 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4908 `cperl-indent-level'
4909 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4910 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4911 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4912 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4913 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4914 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4915 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4916 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4917 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4918 `cperl-brace-offset'
4919 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4920 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4921 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4922 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4923 `cperl-label-offset'
4924 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4925 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4926 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4928 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4929 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4930 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4931 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4932 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4934 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4935 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4936 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4937 \(both available from menu).
4939 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4940 column 0 is indented on
4941 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4943 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4946 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4947 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4948 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4954 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4955 ;;;;;; (17134 4522))
4956 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4958 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4959 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4960 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4961 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4962 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4966 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4967 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4973 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4974 ;;;;;; (17134 16189))
4975 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4977 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4978 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4979 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4980 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4982 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4983 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4985 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
4987 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4988 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4989 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4993 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4997 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4999 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5001 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5002 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5003 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5004 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5006 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5007 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5008 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5009 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5011 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5012 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5013 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5015 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5016 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5019 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5020 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5021 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5023 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5025 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5026 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5027 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5029 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5033 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5034 ;;;;;; (17134 16192))
5035 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5037 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5038 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5039 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5040 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5041 use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
5043 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
5045 (put (quote cua-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5047 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5048 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5049 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5050 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5051 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5053 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5054 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5055 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5056 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5057 function of these prefix keys.
5059 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5060 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5062 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5063 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5064 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5066 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5067 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5068 the prefix fallback behavior.
5070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5072 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5073 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5076 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5077 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5078 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
5079 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
5080 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5081 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5082 (if user-init-file (concat
5083 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5084 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5088 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
5089 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5090 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5091 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5092 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
5093 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5094 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5095 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5096 ;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (17141 22258))
5097 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5098 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5100 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5101 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5103 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5104 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5106 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5107 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5109 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5111 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5113 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5114 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5115 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5117 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5118 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5120 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5121 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5123 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5124 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5126 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5127 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5129 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5131 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5133 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5134 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5137 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5138 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5140 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
5141 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
5143 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5144 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5146 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5147 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5149 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5151 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5153 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5154 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5155 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5156 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5157 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5161 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5162 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5163 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5164 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5168 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5169 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5173 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5174 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5178 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5180 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5181 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5183 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5185 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5187 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5188 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5189 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5191 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5193 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5194 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
5195 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5196 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
5197 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5199 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
5200 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
5203 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5205 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5206 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5207 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5208 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5210 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5211 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5213 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5215 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5216 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5217 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5219 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5220 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5222 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5224 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5225 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
5229 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5230 Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
5234 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5235 Customize all already saved user options.
5239 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5240 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5241 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5242 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5243 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5244 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
5245 user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
5247 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5249 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5250 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
5251 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
5253 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5255 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5256 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
5258 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5260 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5261 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
5263 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5265 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5266 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5267 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5268 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5269 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5272 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5274 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5275 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5276 The result includes selecting that window.
5277 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5278 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5279 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5282 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5284 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5285 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5287 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5289 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5290 File used for storing customization information.
5291 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5292 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5293 it should be an absolute file name.
5295 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5296 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5297 something like the following in your init file:
5299 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5302 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5303 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5305 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5306 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5307 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5308 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5309 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5311 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5312 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5313 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5314 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5315 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5316 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5317 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5318 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5319 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5320 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5322 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
5324 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5325 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5329 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5330 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5334 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5335 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5336 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5338 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5340 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5341 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5342 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5343 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5344 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5346 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5350 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5351 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17141 22259))
5352 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5354 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5355 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5357 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5359 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5360 Alist of face attributes.
5362 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5363 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5364 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5365 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5366 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5367 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5369 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5370 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5371 customization type TYPE).
5373 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5374 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5375 given face attribute.")
5377 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5378 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5379 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5380 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5382 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5384 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5385 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5386 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5387 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5388 between themes and faces.
5389 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5391 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5392 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5394 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5396 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5397 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5398 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5402 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5404 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5406 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5407 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5408 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5410 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5414 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5416 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5420 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5421 ;;;;;; (17141 22261))
5422 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5424 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5425 Create a custom theme.
5431 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5432 ;;;;;; (17141 22264))
5433 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5435 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5436 Mode used for cvs status output.
5442 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5443 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17134 4522))
5444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5446 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5447 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5449 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5450 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5451 C++ modes are included.
5453 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
5455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5457 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5460 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5461 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5465 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5466 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5467 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5468 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5469 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5471 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
5473 (put (quote global-cwarn-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5475 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5476 Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
5477 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
5478 Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
5479 in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
5481 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5485 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5486 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5487 ;;;;;; (17097 30339))
5488 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5490 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
5491 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5493 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5495 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
5496 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5498 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5500 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
5501 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5502 For readability, the table is slightly
5503 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5505 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5506 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5507 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5508 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5509 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5511 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5515 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5516 ;;;;;; (17141 22267))
5517 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5518 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5519 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5521 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
5522 Completion on current word.
5523 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5524 and presents suggestions for completion.
5526 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5527 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5530 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
5531 then it searches *all* buffers.
5533 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
5534 if there is a suitable one already.
5536 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5538 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
5539 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5541 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5542 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5543 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5544 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5545 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5547 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5548 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5550 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5551 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5552 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5554 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5555 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5557 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5563 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17134
5565 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5567 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5568 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5570 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5571 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5572 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5574 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5575 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5576 Data lines are not indented.
5581 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5583 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5584 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5585 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5586 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5588 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5591 Extra indentation within blocks.
5593 dcl-continuation-offset
5594 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5597 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5599 dcl-margin-label-offset
5600 Indentation for a label.
5602 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5603 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5605 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5606 dcl-block-end-regexp
5607 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5608 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5609 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5610 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5611 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5613 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5614 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5615 Two such functions are included in the package:
5616 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5617 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5619 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5620 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5621 One such function is included in the package:
5622 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5624 dcl-tab-always-indent
5625 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5626 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5629 dcl-electric-characters
5630 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5633 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5634 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5635 which words trigger electric indentation.
5638 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5639 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5640 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5642 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5643 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5644 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5645 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5647 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5648 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5649 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5650 dcl-imenu-label-call
5651 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5653 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5654 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5655 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5656 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5659 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5661 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5662 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5663 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5665 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5666 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5670 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5671 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5672 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5673 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5674 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5675 \"lined up with the command line\"
5677 Data lines are not indented at all.
5678 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5683 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5684 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5690 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5691 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17141 4))
5692 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5694 (setq debugger (quote debug))
5696 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5697 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5698 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5701 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5702 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5703 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5705 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5707 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5708 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5710 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5712 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5713 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5714 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5715 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5716 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5717 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5719 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5720 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5722 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5724 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5725 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5726 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5727 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5728 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5730 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5734 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5735 ;;;;;; (17134 16312))
5736 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5738 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5739 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5743 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5744 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5745 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5746 Upper-case letters are commands.
5748 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5751 The most useful commands are:
5752 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5753 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5754 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5755 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5756 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5757 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5763 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5764 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17141
5766 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5768 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5769 Customization of `columns' group.
5773 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5774 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5776 START and END delimits the text region.
5778 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5780 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5781 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5783 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5785 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5789 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17134
5791 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5793 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5794 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5795 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5796 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5797 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5798 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5800 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5804 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5805 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5806 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5807 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5808 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5809 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5810 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5811 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5812 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5813 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5814 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5815 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5817 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5818 Directories to search when finding external units.
5819 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5820 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5824 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5825 Face used to color delphi comments.
5826 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5827 Face used to color delphi strings.
5828 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5829 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5830 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5831 Face used to color everything else.
5833 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5834 no args, if that value is non-nil.
5836 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5840 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17141
5842 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5844 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5846 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5847 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5848 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5849 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5850 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5852 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
5854 (put (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5856 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5857 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5858 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5861 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5862 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5863 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5870 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5871 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17141 4))
5872 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5874 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5875 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5877 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5879 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5880 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5881 or nil if there is no parent.
5882 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5883 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5884 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5885 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5886 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5888 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5889 arguments are currently understood:
5891 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5892 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5894 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5895 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5897 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5898 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5900 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5902 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5904 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5905 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5906 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5908 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5909 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5911 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5912 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5913 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5915 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5916 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5918 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5919 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5921 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5923 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5925 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
5926 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5927 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5928 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5929 the first time the mode is used.
5931 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5935 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5936 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17141 22270))
5937 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5939 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
5940 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5941 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5942 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5943 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5946 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5948 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
5949 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5950 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5951 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5952 character composition information (if relevant),
5953 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5959 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5960 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-locals-to-save
5961 ;;;;;; desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "desktop.el" (17146 26025))
5962 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5964 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5965 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5966 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.")
5968 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
5970 (put (quote desktop-save-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
5972 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
5973 Toggle desktop saving mode.
5974 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5975 otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the
5978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5980 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
5981 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5982 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
5983 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5985 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop")
5987 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5988 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5989 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
5991 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5992 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5993 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5995 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5996 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5998 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5999 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6000 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6002 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6003 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6004 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6005 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6007 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6009 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6010 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6012 Handlers are called with argument list
6014 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6016 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6018 desktop-file-version
6019 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6020 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6021 desktop-buffer-point
6023 desktop-buffer-read-only
6024 desktop-buffer-locals
6026 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6027 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6029 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6032 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6034 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6035 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6037 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6039 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6040 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6041 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6042 List elements must have the form
6044 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6046 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6049 Handlers are called with argument list
6051 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6053 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6055 desktop-file-version
6056 desktop-buffer-file-name
6058 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6059 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6060 desktop-buffer-point
6062 desktop-buffer-read-only
6065 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6066 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6069 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6072 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6074 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6075 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6077 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6079 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6081 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6082 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6083 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6084 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6085 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6086 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6087 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6088 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6090 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6092 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6093 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6094 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6098 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6099 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6100 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6101 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6104 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6106 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6107 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6111 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6112 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6118 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6119 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines
6120 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-display-hook gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max
6121 ;;;;;; gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el"
6122 ;;;;;; (17097 40253))
6123 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6125 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min 45 "\
6126 Minimum length of the cited line above the (possibly) wrapped line.")
6128 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min) "deuglify")
6130 (defvar gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max 95 "\
6131 Maximum length of the cited line after unwrapping.")
6133 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max) "deuglify")
6135 (defvar gnus-outlook-display-hook nil "\
6136 A hook called after an deuglified article has been prepared.
6137 It is run after `gnus-article-prepare-hook'.")
6139 (custom-autoload (quote gnus-outlook-display-hook) "deuglify")
6141 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6142 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6143 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6144 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6145 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6146 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6148 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6150 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6151 Repair a broken attribution line.
6152 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6154 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6156 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6157 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6158 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6159 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6161 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6163 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6164 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6170 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6171 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17097 30341))
6172 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6174 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6176 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6179 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6181 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6188 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6189 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17097 30004))
6190 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6192 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6193 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6194 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6195 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6196 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6200 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6201 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6202 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6203 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6205 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6206 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6207 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6208 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6211 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6213 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6214 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6215 european-calendar-style t \\
6216 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6217 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6218 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6220 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6221 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6222 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6223 to run it every morning at 1am.
6225 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6227 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6228 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6234 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6235 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17141 22272))
6236 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6238 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6239 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6241 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
6243 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6244 *The command to use to run diff.")
6246 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
6248 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6249 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6250 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6251 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6252 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6253 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6255 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6257 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6258 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6259 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6260 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6261 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6262 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6264 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6268 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6269 ;;;;;; (17141 22272))
6270 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6272 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6273 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6274 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6276 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6277 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6278 headers for you on-the-fly.
6280 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6281 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of
6282 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6286 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6287 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6288 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6294 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6295 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6296 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6297 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6298 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (17146 26034))
6299 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6301 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6302 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6303 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6304 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6305 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6306 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6307 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6308 `insert-directory' on `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6310 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
6312 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6313 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6315 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6316 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6317 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6318 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6319 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6321 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6322 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6324 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6325 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6326 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6327 always set this variable to t.")
6329 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
6331 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6332 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6333 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6334 A value of t means move to first file.")
6336 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
6338 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6339 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6340 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6341 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6342 are afterward marked with that character.")
6344 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
6346 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6347 *Controls marking of copied files.
6348 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6349 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6351 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
6353 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6354 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6355 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6356 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6358 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
6360 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6361 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6362 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6363 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6365 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
6367 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6368 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6369 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6370 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6372 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6374 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
6376 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6377 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6378 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6380 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
6382 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6383 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6384 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6385 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6386 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6387 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6389 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6390 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6391 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6392 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6393 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6394 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6395 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6396 list of files to make directory entries for.
6397 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6398 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6399 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6400 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6402 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6404 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6405 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6407 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6408 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6410 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6411 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6413 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6414 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6416 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6418 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6419 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6421 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6423 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6424 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6425 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6426 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6427 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6428 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6429 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6430 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6431 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6432 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6433 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6434 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
6435 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6436 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6437 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6438 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6439 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6440 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6441 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6442 to see why something went wrong.
6443 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6444 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6445 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
6446 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6447 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6448 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6449 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6450 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6451 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6452 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6453 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6454 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6455 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
6457 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6458 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
6459 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6460 again for the directory tree.
6462 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6465 `dired-listing-switches'
6466 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6467 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6470 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6471 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6472 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6473 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6475 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6477 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6478 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6485 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6486 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6490 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
6491 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
6492 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
6493 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
6494 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
6495 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
6496 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
6497 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
6498 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
6499 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
6500 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
6501 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
6502 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
6503 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17145 8097))
6504 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
6506 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6507 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
6508 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
6509 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
6510 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
6511 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
6512 which is options for `diff'.
6514 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6516 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
6517 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6518 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6519 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6520 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6521 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
6523 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6525 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
6526 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
6527 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
6528 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
6529 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
6530 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
6531 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
6533 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
6535 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
6536 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
6537 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
6538 returned by function `file-attributes'
6540 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
6541 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
6543 Examples of PREDICATE:
6545 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
6546 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
6547 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
6548 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
6549 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
6551 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
6553 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
6554 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6555 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
6557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6559 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
6560 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6564 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
6565 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6569 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
6570 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
6573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6575 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
6576 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
6577 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
6578 `lpr-switches' as default.
6580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6582 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6583 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
6584 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
6585 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
6586 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
6588 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
6589 with a prefix argument.
6593 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6594 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
6595 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
6596 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
6597 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
6599 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
6600 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
6602 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
6603 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6604 file name substituted for `?'.
6606 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
6607 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
6609 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
6610 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
6611 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
6612 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
6614 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
6616 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
6617 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
6618 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
6620 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
6621 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
6624 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
6625 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
6627 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
6629 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
6632 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
6634 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
6635 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
6636 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
6637 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
6638 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
6639 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
6640 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
6641 from the buffer as well.
6642 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
6643 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
6644 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
6646 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
6648 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
6651 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6653 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
6656 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
6658 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
6659 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
6661 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6663 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
6664 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6666 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6668 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
6669 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
6671 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6673 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
6674 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
6675 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
6676 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
6678 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6679 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6680 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6681 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6682 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6683 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6684 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
6686 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
6688 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
6691 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
6693 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
6696 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6698 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
6699 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
6701 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
6703 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
6706 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
6708 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
6711 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
6713 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
6714 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
6716 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6718 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
6719 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
6720 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
6721 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6722 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
6723 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
6724 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6725 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6726 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6730 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
6731 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6732 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6733 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6734 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
6735 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6736 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6737 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6739 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6741 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
6742 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6743 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
6744 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
6745 and new hard links are made in that directory
6746 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
6747 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
6748 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6752 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
6753 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
6754 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
6755 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
6756 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
6757 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
6758 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
6760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6762 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6763 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6765 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
6766 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
6767 file if none are marked.
6769 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
6770 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
6771 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
6772 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
6774 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
6775 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
6777 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6779 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6780 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6781 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6783 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6785 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6786 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6787 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6789 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6791 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6792 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
6793 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
6795 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
6797 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
6798 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
6800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6802 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
6803 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
6805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6807 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6808 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6809 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
6810 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6811 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
6812 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6814 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6816 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
6817 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
6818 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
6819 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
6820 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
6821 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
6822 See Info node `(emacs-xtra)Subdir switches' for more details.
6824 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6826 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6827 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
6828 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
6829 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
6830 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
6831 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
6833 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
6835 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
6837 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6838 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
6839 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
6841 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
6843 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6844 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
6845 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
6846 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
6850 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
6851 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
6852 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
6853 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
6857 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6858 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
6859 Lower levels are unaffected.
6861 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
6863 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6864 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6868 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6869 Go down in the dired tree.
6873 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6874 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6875 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6876 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6880 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6881 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6882 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6883 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6887 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6888 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6889 Stops when a match is found.
6890 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6892 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6894 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6895 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6896 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6897 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6898 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6900 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6902 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6903 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6904 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6905 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6907 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6911 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (17141 22694))
6912 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6914 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6915 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6916 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6917 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6918 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6919 buffer and try again.
6921 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6925 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17141 22702))
6926 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6928 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
6929 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6930 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6932 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
6934 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6935 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
6937 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
6938 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
6940 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6944 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17141
6946 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6948 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
6949 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6950 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6951 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6952 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6953 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6955 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6959 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
6960 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
6961 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
6962 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
6963 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17141 22702))
6964 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6966 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6967 Return a new, empty display table.
6971 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6972 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6973 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6974 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6975 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6977 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6979 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6980 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6981 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6982 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6983 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6985 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6987 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6988 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6992 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6993 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6997 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
6998 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7002 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7003 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7007 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7008 Display character C using printable string S.
7012 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7013 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7014 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7015 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7017 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7019 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7020 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7021 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7024 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7026 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7027 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7029 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7031 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7032 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7034 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7036 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7037 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7039 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7040 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7041 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7042 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7044 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7045 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7046 European character display.
7048 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7049 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7050 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7051 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7053 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7054 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7055 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7056 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7057 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7063 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7064 ;;;;;; (17134 16312))
7065 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7067 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7068 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7069 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7070 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7071 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7072 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7073 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7080 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17141 22705))
7081 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7083 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file))) "\
7084 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7085 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7086 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7087 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7088 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7090 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7091 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7092 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7093 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7094 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7096 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd")
7100 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7101 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17141 112))
7102 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7104 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7105 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7106 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7107 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7108 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7109 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7110 table and its own syntax table.
7112 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7116 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7117 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7120 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7124 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17135 27224))
7125 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7127 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7128 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7134 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7135 ;;;;;; (17141 22705))
7136 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7138 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7140 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7141 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7143 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
7145 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7147 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7149 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7150 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7156 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17134 16321))
7157 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7159 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7160 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7166 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7167 ;;;;;; (17141 6633))
7168 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7170 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7171 Play sounds in message buffers.
7177 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7178 ;;;;;; define-global-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7179 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17116 17255))
7180 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7182 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7184 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7185 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7186 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7187 and toggle command MODE.
7189 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7190 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7191 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7192 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7193 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7194 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7195 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7196 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7199 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
7200 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hook variable
7202 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7203 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7204 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7205 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7206 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7207 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7208 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7209 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7210 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7211 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7212 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7213 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7214 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7215 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7217 For example, you could write
7218 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7219 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7222 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7224 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-global-minor-mode))
7226 (autoload (quote define-global-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7227 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
7228 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7229 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7230 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
7231 :group to specify the custom group.
7233 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7234 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7235 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7236 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7237 call another major mode in their body.
7239 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7241 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7242 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7243 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7244 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7245 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7246 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7247 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7249 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7251 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7254 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7256 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7257 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7258 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7260 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7264 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7265 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17141
7267 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7269 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7271 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7272 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7274 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7275 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7276 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7278 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7279 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7283 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7284 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7288 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7289 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7293 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7294 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7296 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7298 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7300 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7302 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7303 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7305 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7306 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7308 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7310 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7312 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7316 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7317 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7318 computed automatically.
7319 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7323 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7325 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7326 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7327 keyboard equivalent.
7331 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7332 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7336 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7337 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7341 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7342 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7346 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7350 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7351 radio: A radio button.
7352 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7353 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7355 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7359 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7360 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7364 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7366 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7367 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7368 as a solid horizontal line.
7370 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7372 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7374 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7377 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7379 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7380 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7381 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7382 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7384 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7386 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7387 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7388 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7389 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7390 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7391 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7393 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7394 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7395 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7397 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
7398 to implement dynamic menus.
7400 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
7404 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7405 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7406 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
7407 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
7408 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
7409 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7410 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7411 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17097 30648))
7412 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7414 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
7415 Customization for ebnf group.
7419 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7420 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7422 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7424 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7427 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7429 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7431 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7432 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7434 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7435 killed after process termination.
7437 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7439 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7441 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7442 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7444 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7445 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7448 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7449 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7450 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7451 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7453 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7455 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7456 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7457 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7459 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7461 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7462 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7464 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7466 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7469 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7471 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7473 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7474 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7476 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7477 killed after process termination.
7479 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7481 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7483 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7484 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7485 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7486 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7488 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7492 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7493 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7494 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7496 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7498 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7500 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7501 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7503 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7505 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7508 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7510 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7512 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7513 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7515 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7516 killed after EPS generation.
7518 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7520 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7522 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7523 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
7525 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7526 The EPS file name has the following form:
7528 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7530 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7531 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7533 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7534 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7535 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7536 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7538 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7542 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7543 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
7545 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
7546 The EPS file name has the following form:
7548 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7550 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7551 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7553 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7554 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
7555 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
7556 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7558 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
7560 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7562 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
7564 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
7565 Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7567 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7569 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7572 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7574 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7576 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
7577 Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
7579 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7580 killed after syntax checking.
7582 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7584 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7586 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
7587 Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7591 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
7592 Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
7594 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7596 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
7597 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7601 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7602 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7604 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7606 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7608 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7611 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7615 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7616 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7618 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7620 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7622 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7623 Set STYLE as the current style.
7625 It returns the old style symbol.
7627 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7631 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7632 Reset current style.
7634 It returns the old style symbol.
7636 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7638 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7640 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7641 Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
7643 It returns the old style symbol.
7645 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7647 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7649 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
7650 Pop a style and set it as the current style.
7652 It returns the old style symbol.
7654 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7660 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7661 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7662 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7663 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7664 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7665 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7666 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7667 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7668 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7669 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7670 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17134
7672 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7674 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7675 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7676 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7677 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7678 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7679 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7681 Tree mode key bindings:
7682 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7686 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7687 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7691 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
7692 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7694 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
7698 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
7699 View declaration of member at point.
7703 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
7704 Find declaration of member at point.
7708 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
7709 View definition of member at point.
7713 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
7714 Find definition of member at point.
7718 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7719 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7723 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7724 View definition of member at point in other window.
7728 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
7729 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7733 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
7734 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7738 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
7739 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7743 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
7744 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7748 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
7749 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7750 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7751 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7754 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7756 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
7757 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7758 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7759 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7761 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7763 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
7764 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7765 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7766 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7768 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7770 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
7771 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7772 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7774 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7776 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
7777 Search for call sites of a member.
7778 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7779 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7780 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7781 looks like a function call to the member.
7783 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7785 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
7786 Move backward in the position stack.
7787 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7791 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
7792 Move forward in the position stack.
7793 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7797 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
7798 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7802 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
7803 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7807 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
7808 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7809 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7810 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7812 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7814 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
7815 Display statistics for a class tree.
7821 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7822 ;;;;;; (17144 6193))
7823 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7825 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
7826 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
7827 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
7828 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
7830 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
7831 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
7832 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
7834 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
7835 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
7836 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7838 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7840 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
7846 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7847 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17141 22708))
7848 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7850 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
7851 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7852 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7854 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7858 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
7859 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17141 14))
7860 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7862 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7863 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7864 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7865 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7866 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7868 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7869 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7870 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7871 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7873 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
7875 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7876 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7877 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7878 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7880 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
7882 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
7883 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
7884 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
7885 \(naming a function), or a list.
7887 \(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
7889 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
7891 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
7892 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7893 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7894 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7895 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7897 If you do this on a function definition
7898 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
7899 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
7900 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
7901 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
7903 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7904 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7905 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7906 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7913 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7914 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
7915 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
7916 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
7917 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
7918 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
7919 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
7920 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
7921 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
7922 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17141 22731))
7923 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7925 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
7926 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7928 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7930 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
7931 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7933 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7935 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
7937 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
7939 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
7940 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7941 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7942 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7946 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
7947 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7949 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7951 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
7953 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
7954 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7956 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7958 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
7960 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
7961 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7962 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7963 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7965 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7967 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
7969 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7970 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7971 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7972 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7974 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7976 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
7978 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
7979 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7980 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7981 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7983 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7985 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
7987 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
7988 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7989 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7990 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7992 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7994 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
7996 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7997 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7998 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7999 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8000 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8001 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8003 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8005 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8006 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8007 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8008 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8010 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8012 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8014 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8015 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8016 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8017 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8019 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8021 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8023 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8025 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8026 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8027 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8029 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8030 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8032 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8034 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8035 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8036 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8038 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8039 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8041 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8043 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8044 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8045 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8046 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8047 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8049 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8050 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8052 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8054 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8055 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8056 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
8057 for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
8058 In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
8060 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8061 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8062 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8064 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8066 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8068 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8069 Merge two files without ancestor.
8071 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8073 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8074 Merge two files with ancestor.
8076 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8078 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8080 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8081 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8083 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8085 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8086 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8088 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8090 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8091 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8092 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8095 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8097 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8098 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8099 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8102 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8104 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8105 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8106 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8107 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8111 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8112 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8113 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8114 and don't ask the user.
8115 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8116 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8118 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8120 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8121 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8122 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8123 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8124 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8125 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8126 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8127 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8129 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8131 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8133 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8135 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8136 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8137 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8138 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8139 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8141 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8143 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8145 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8146 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8147 When called interactively, displays the version.
8151 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8152 Display Ediff's manual.
8153 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8155 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8159 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8160 ;;;;;; (17141 22711))
8161 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8163 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17141 22711))
8171 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8173 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8174 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8176 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8178 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8182 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8183 ;;;;;; (17141 22720))
8184 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8186 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8187 Display Ediff's registry.
8191 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8195 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8196 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17141 22727))
8197 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8199 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8200 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8201 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8206 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8207 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8208 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8209 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8215 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8216 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8217 ;;;;;; (17141 22734))
8218 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8220 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8221 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8222 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8224 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8225 Edit a keyboard macro.
8226 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8227 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8228 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8230 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8232 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8234 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8235 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8237 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8239 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8240 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8242 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8244 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8245 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8246 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8247 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8248 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8249 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8251 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8252 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8253 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8254 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8256 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8258 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8259 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8260 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8261 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8262 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8263 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8265 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8269 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8270 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17134 16203))
8271 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8273 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8275 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8276 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8278 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8280 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8281 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8287 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8288 ;;;;;; (17141 22734))
8289 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8291 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8292 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8293 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
8294 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8295 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8296 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8297 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8298 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8300 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8301 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8303 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8304 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8305 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8306 this value is non-nil.
8308 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8309 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8310 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8312 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8313 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8314 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
8316 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8318 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8321 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8325 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8326 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17141 17))
8327 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8329 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8330 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8332 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
8334 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8335 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8336 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8337 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8338 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8339 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8340 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8342 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8346 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8347 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
8351 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8352 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8353 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8354 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8355 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8356 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8359 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8360 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8364 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17141
8366 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8368 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8369 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8371 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8372 an elided material again.
8374 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8380 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8382 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8384 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
8391 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8392 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17141
8394 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8396 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
8397 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8398 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8400 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8402 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
8403 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8404 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8406 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8408 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
8409 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8410 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8412 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8414 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8416 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
8417 Display current profiling results.
8418 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8419 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
8426 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
8427 ;;;;;; (17141 4113))
8428 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8430 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
8431 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8432 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8434 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8438 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8439 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8440 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8441 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8442 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17032 41176))
8443 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
8445 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
8446 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
8447 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
8448 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
8449 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
8450 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
8451 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
8452 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
8453 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
8454 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
8455 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
8456 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
8457 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
8458 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
8459 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
8460 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
8462 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
8463 Run Emerge on two files.
8465 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8467 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8468 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8470 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8472 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
8473 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8475 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8477 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8478 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8480 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8482 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
8487 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
8492 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
8495 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8497 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
8500 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8502 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
8503 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8505 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8507 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
8508 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8510 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8512 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
8515 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8519 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
8520 ;;;;;; (17097 30244))
8521 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
8523 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
8524 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
8525 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8527 use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
8529 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
8531 (put (quote encoded-kbd-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
8533 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
8534 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
8535 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
8537 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
8538 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
8541 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
8542 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
8543 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
8545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8549 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8550 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17141 115))
8551 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8553 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
8554 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8555 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8556 text/enriched format.
8557 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8559 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8560 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8564 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8568 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
8571 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8573 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
8576 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8580 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17134
8582 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
8584 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
8585 Emacs shell interactive mode.
8593 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17134
8595 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
8597 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
8598 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
8600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8604 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
8605 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17144 57993))
8606 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
8608 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
8609 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
8610 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
8611 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
8612 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
8613 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
8614 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
8615 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
8616 buffer selected (or created).
8618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8620 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
8621 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
8622 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
8624 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
8626 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
8627 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
8628 The result might be any Lisp object.
8629 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
8630 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
8631 corresponding to a successful execution.
8633 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
8635 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
8636 Report a bug in Eshell.
8637 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8638 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
8644 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
8645 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
8646 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
8647 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
8648 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook
8649 ;;;;;; tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list tags-table-list
8650 ;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (17134
8652 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
8654 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
8655 *File name of tags table.
8656 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
8657 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
8658 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8659 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
8661 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
8662 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
8663 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
8664 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
8666 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
8668 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
8669 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
8670 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
8671 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
8672 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
8673 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
8675 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
8677 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
8678 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
8679 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
8680 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
8681 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
8682 `auto-compression-mode').")
8684 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
8686 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
8687 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
8688 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
8689 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
8690 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
8692 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
8694 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
8695 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
8696 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
8697 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
8699 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
8701 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
8702 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
8703 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
8704 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
8705 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
8707 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
8709 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
8710 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
8711 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
8712 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
8714 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
8715 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
8716 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
8717 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
8718 file the tag was in.
8720 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
8722 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
8723 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
8724 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
8725 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
8726 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
8727 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
8728 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
8729 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
8730 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
8732 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
8734 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
8735 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
8736 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
8737 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
8738 without directory names.
8742 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
8743 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8744 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
8745 but does not select the buffer.
8746 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
8748 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8749 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8750 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8751 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8752 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8754 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8756 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8757 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8758 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8760 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8762 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8764 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
8765 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8766 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
8767 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
8769 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8770 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8771 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8772 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
8773 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8775 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8777 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8778 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8779 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8781 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8783 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8784 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
8786 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
8787 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8788 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
8789 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8790 around or before point.
8792 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8793 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8794 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8795 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8796 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8798 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8800 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8801 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8802 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8804 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8806 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
8807 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
8809 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
8810 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
8811 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
8812 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
8813 around or before point.
8815 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8816 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8817 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8818 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8819 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8821 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
8823 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8824 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8825 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8827 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8829 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
8830 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
8832 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
8833 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
8834 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
8836 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
8837 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
8838 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
8839 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
8840 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
8842 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
8844 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
8845 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
8846 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
8848 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8850 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8851 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
8852 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
8854 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
8855 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
8857 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
8858 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
8859 where they were found.
8863 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
8864 Select next file among files in current tags table.
8866 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
8867 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
8868 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
8870 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
8871 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
8873 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
8874 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
8876 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
8878 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
8879 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
8880 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
8881 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
8883 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
8884 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
8885 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
8886 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
8887 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
8889 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
8890 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
8892 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
8893 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
8894 Stops when a match is found.
8895 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8897 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8899 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
8901 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
8902 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
8903 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
8904 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
8905 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
8907 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
8909 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
8911 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
8912 Display list of tags in file FILE.
8913 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
8914 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
8915 directory specification.
8917 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
8919 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
8920 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
8922 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8924 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
8925 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
8926 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
8927 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
8931 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
8932 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
8933 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
8934 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
8935 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
8941 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
8942 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
8943 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
8944 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
8945 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
8946 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
8947 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
8948 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17116 14490))
8949 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
8951 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
8956 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
8957 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
8958 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
8959 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8961 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
8962 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8965 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
8966 even if the buffer is read-only.
8968 See also the descriptions of the variables
8969 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8970 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8972 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8974 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8975 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
8977 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8978 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8980 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
8981 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8984 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
8985 buffer is read-only.
8987 See also the descriptions of the variables
8988 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8989 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8991 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8993 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8994 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
8995 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8999 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9000 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
9002 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
9003 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
9005 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
9006 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
9008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9010 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9011 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9012 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9013 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9015 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9017 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
9018 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9019 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9020 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9022 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
9023 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
9024 the primary language.
9026 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9027 buffer is read-only.
9029 See also the descriptions of the variables
9030 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9031 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9033 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9035 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9036 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9037 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9038 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9040 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9041 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
9044 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9045 buffer is read-only.
9047 See also the descriptions of the variables
9048 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9049 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9051 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9053 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9054 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
9055 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
9057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9059 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
9060 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
9062 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
9063 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
9064 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
9065 3) convert the body into SERA.
9067 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
9071 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
9072 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9073 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9075 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9077 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
9078 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9082 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
9083 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9085 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9086 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
9089 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9090 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9091 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9093 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
9095 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9097 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
9098 Allow the user to input special characters.
9102 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9103 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9104 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
9108 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9109 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9113 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9114 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9116 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9117 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9119 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9120 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9124 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
9125 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9129 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
9130 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9134 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
9135 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9141 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9142 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9143 ;;;;;; (17134 16282))
9144 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9146 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
9147 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9148 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9149 server for future sessions.
9151 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9153 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
9154 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9155 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9157 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9159 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
9160 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9161 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9163 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9165 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
9166 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9167 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9168 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9169 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9170 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9171 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9172 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9173 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9174 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9175 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9176 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9178 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9180 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
9181 Display a form to query the directory server.
9182 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9183 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9185 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9187 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
9188 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9189 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9193 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc
)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads
))) (if eudc-xemacs-p
(if (and (featurep (quote menubar
)) (not (featurep (quote infodock
)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu
)) (require (quote easymenu
)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item
)) (easy-menu-add-item nil
(quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps
)) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
9197 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9198 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9199 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17134 16279))
9200 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9202 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary
) "eudc-bob" "\
9203 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9205 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9207 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url
) "eudc-bob" "\
9208 Display URL and make it clickable.
9212 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail
) "eudc-bob" "\
9213 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9215 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
9217 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound
) "eudc-bob" "\
9218 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9220 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9222 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline
) "eudc-bob" "\
9223 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9225 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9227 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
) "eudc-bob" "\
9228 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9230 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
9234 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9235 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17134 16279))
9236 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9238 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
) "eudc-export" "\
9239 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9240 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9244 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert
) "eudc-export" "\
9245 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9251 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
9252 ;;;;;; (17134 16279))
9253 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9255 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist
) "eudc-hotlist" "\
9256 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9262 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
9263 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
9264 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
9265 ;;;;;; (17134 4551))
9266 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9268 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p
) "executable" "\
9269 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9270 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9272 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
9274 (autoload (quote executable-interpret
) "executable" "\
9275 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9276 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9277 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9278 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9280 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
9282 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic
) "executable" "\
9283 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9284 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9285 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9286 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9289 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
9291 (autoload (quote executable-self-display
) "executable" "\
9292 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9293 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9297 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
) "executable" "\
9298 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
9299 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
9306 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
9307 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (17141 22737))
9308 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
9310 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs
) "expand" "\
9311 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
9312 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
9313 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
9315 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
9317 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
9318 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
9319 to generate such functions.
9321 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
9322 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
9323 beginning of the expanded text.
9325 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
9326 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
9327 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
9328 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
9330 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
9332 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
9334 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot
) "expand" "\
9335 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9336 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9340 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot
) "expand" "\
9341 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
9342 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
9345 (define-key ctl-x-map
"ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
9346 (define-key ctl-x-map
"an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
9350 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17134 4553))
9351 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
9353 (autoload (quote f90-mode
) "f90" "\
9354 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
9355 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
9357 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
9358 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
9359 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
9361 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
9366 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9369 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
9371 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
9373 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
9374 `f90-program-indent'
9375 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
9377 `f90-continuation-indent'
9378 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
9379 `f90-comment-region'
9380 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
9381 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
9382 `f90-indented-comment-re'
9383 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
9385 `f90-directive-comment-re'
9386 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
9387 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
9388 `f90-break-delimiters'
9389 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
9390 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
9391 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
9392 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
9394 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
9395 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
9397 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
9398 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
9399 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
9400 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
9401 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
9402 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
9404 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
9406 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
9408 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
9409 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9415 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
9416 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
9417 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
9418 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
9419 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17141 22739))
9420 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
9421 (define-key global-map
"\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap
)
9422 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap
"facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t
'keymap
)
9424 (defvar facemenu-face-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face
))) map
) "\
9425 Menu keymap for faces.")
9427 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu
) facemenu-face-menu
)
9429 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground
))) map
) "\
9430 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
9432 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu
) facemenu-foreground-menu
)
9434 (defvar facemenu-background-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map
"o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background
))) map
) "\
9435 Menu keymap for background colors.")
9437 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu
) facemenu-background-menu
)
9439 (defvar facemenu-special-menu
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map
[115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
9440 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
9442 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
9444 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
9445 Submenu for text justification commands.")
9447 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
9449 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
9450 Submenu for indentation commands.")
9452 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
9454 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
9455 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
9457 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
9459 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
9461 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
9463 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
9465 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
9466 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
9467 This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
9468 will not show through at all will be removed.
9470 Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
9472 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9473 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9476 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9477 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9478 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9480 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
9482 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
9483 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
9484 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
9486 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9487 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9490 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9491 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9492 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9494 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
9496 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
9497 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
9498 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
9500 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9501 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9504 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9505 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
9506 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
9508 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
9510 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
9511 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
9512 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
9513 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
9514 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
9515 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
9516 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
9518 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
9519 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
9522 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
9523 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
9524 to insert cancels the specification.
9526 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
9528 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
9529 Make the region invisible.
9530 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
9531 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9533 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9535 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
9536 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
9537 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
9538 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9540 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9542 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
9543 Make the region unmodifiable.
9544 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
9545 `facemenu-remove-special'.
9547 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9549 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
9550 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
9552 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9554 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
9555 Remove all text properties from the region.
9557 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9559 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
9560 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
9561 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
9563 \(fn START END)" t nil)
9565 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
9566 Read a color using the minibuffer.
9568 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
9570 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
9571 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
9572 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
9573 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
9574 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
9575 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
9577 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
9581 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
9582 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17141 69))
9583 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
9585 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
9586 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
9587 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
9588 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
9590 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
9592 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
9593 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
9594 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
9596 Font Lock caches may be saved:
9597 - When you save the file's buffer.
9598 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
9599 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
9600 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
9601 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
9603 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
9605 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
9606 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
9607 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
9608 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
9610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9612 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
9613 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
9617 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
9621 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
9622 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
9623 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17032 41292))
9624 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
9626 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
9627 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
9628 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
9629 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
9633 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
9634 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
9636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9638 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
9639 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
9640 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
9641 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
9643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9645 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
9646 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
9647 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
9648 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
9649 backup file names and the like).
9651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9653 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
9654 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
9655 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
9656 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
9657 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
9658 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
9659 internally by feedmail):
9661 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
9662 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
9663 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
9664 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
9666 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
9667 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
9668 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
9669 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
9670 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
9672 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
9676 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
9677 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17144 6198))
9678 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
9680 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
9681 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
9682 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
9683 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
9684 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
9685 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
9686 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
9688 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
9690 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
9691 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
9692 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
9693 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
9694 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
9695 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
9696 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
9698 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
9700 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9702 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
9704 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
9705 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
9706 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
9707 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
9708 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
9709 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
9711 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
9713 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
9714 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
9715 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
9717 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
9718 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
9723 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
9724 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
9726 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
9728 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
9729 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
9735 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
9736 ;;;;;; (17141 22748))
9737 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
9739 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
9740 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
9741 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
9742 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
9743 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
9744 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
9745 \(directories) is done.
9748 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
9749 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
9750 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
9754 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17141
9756 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
9758 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
9759 Filesets initialization.
9760 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
9766 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
9767 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
9768 ;;;;;; (17141 22763))
9769 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
9771 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
9772 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
9773 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
9774 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
9775 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
9777 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
9779 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
9780 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
9781 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
9782 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
9783 them for `find-ls-option'.")
9785 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired")
9787 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
9788 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
9789 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
9790 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
9792 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
9794 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
9795 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
9796 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
9798 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
9800 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
9801 as the final argument.
9803 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
9805 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
9806 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
9807 and run dired on those files.
9808 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
9809 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
9811 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
9813 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
9815 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
9816 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
9817 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
9819 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
9821 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
9823 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9827 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
9828 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
9829 ;;;;;; (17144 6205))
9830 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
9832 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
9833 *A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
9834 Specifies how to recognize special constructs such as include files
9835 etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
9838 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
9839 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
9840 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
9842 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
9844 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9846 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
9848 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9849 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
9850 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
9852 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
9853 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
9855 Variables of interest include:
9857 - `ff-case-fold-search'
9858 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
9859 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
9861 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
9862 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
9863 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
9865 - `ff-ignore-include'
9866 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
9868 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
9869 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
9872 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
9874 - `ff-special-constructs'
9875 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
9876 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
9877 extracting the filename from that construct.
9879 - `ff-other-file-alist'
9880 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
9882 - `ff-search-directories'
9883 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
9884 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
9886 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
9887 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
9889 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
9890 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
9892 - `ff-post-load-hook'
9893 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
9895 - `ff-not-found-hook'
9896 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
9898 - `ff-file-created-hook'
9899 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
9901 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
9903 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
9904 Visit the file you click on.
9908 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
9909 Visit the file you click on in another window.
9915 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
9916 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
9917 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
9918 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
9919 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
9920 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
9921 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17141 22))
9922 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
9924 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
9925 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
9927 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
9929 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
9930 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
9931 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
9932 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
9933 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
9934 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
9936 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
9938 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
9939 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
9941 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
9942 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9945 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
9946 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
9949 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
9951 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
9952 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
9954 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
9955 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
9956 places point before the definition.
9957 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
9959 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
9960 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9961 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9963 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9965 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
9966 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9968 See `find-function' for more details.
9970 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9972 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9973 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9975 See `find-function' for more details.
9977 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9979 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
9980 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
9982 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
9983 in a buffer, and the point of the definition. It does not switch
9984 to the buffer or display it.
9986 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
9987 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9989 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
9991 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
9992 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
9994 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
9995 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
9996 places point before the definition.
9998 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10000 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10001 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10002 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10004 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10006 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
10007 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10009 See `find-variable' for more details.
10011 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10013 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
10014 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10016 See `find-variable' for more details.
10018 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10020 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
10021 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10022 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function,
10023 `defvar' or `defface' for a variable or face. This functoin
10024 does not switch to the buffer or display it.
10026 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10027 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10029 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10031 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
10032 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10034 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10035 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10036 places point before the definition.
10038 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10040 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10041 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10042 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10046 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
10047 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10048 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10052 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
10053 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10057 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
10058 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10062 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
10063 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10069 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10070 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17141 22768))
10071 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10073 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
10074 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10076 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10078 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
10079 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10083 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
10084 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10086 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10090 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10091 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17141 22768))
10092 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10094 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
10095 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10099 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
10100 Display FILE's commentary section.
10101 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10105 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
10106 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10112 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10113 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17141 22768))
10114 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10116 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
10117 Toggle flow control handling.
10118 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10119 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10121 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10123 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
10124 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10125 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10126 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10127 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10128 to get the effect of a C-q.
10130 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10134 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
10135 ;;;;;; (17141 6634))
10136 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10138 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
10141 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10143 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
10146 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10150 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
10151 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17134 4558))
10152 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10154 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
10155 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
10156 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
10157 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
10159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10161 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
10162 Turn flymake mode on.
10166 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
10167 Turn flymake mode off.
10173 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
10174 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el"
10175 ;;;;;; (17141 125))
10176 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10178 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
10179 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10183 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
10184 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
10185 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
10186 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10187 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
10188 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
10191 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10192 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10193 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10194 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
10197 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
10200 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
10201 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
10202 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
10204 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
10206 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
10207 in your .emacs file.
10209 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
10210 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
10212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10214 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
10215 Turn Flyspell mode off.
10219 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
10220 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
10222 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
10224 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
10225 Flyspell whole buffer.
10231 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
10232 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
10233 ;;;;;; (17141 22775))
10234 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
10236 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
10237 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10241 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
10242 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
10246 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
10247 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
10249 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
10250 of two major techniques:
10252 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
10253 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
10254 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
10256 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
10257 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
10258 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
10261 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
10262 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
10263 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
10264 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
10265 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
10268 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
10269 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
10271 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
10273 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
10274 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
10275 \(This is the default.)
10277 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
10278 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
10280 Keys specific to Follow mode:
10281 \\{follow-mode-map}
10285 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
10286 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
10288 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
10289 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
10290 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
10291 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
10292 two windows always will display two successive pages.
10293 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
10295 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
10296 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
10297 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
10299 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
10300 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
10301 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
10303 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10307 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
10308 ;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock"
10309 ;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (17141 22780))
10310 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
10312 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\
10315 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
10317 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
10318 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
10320 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
10321 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
10322 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
10323 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
10324 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
10325 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
10326 end of the current highlighting list.
10330 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
10331 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
10332 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
10334 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
10335 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
10337 The above procedure will only add the keywords for C mode, not
10338 for modes derived from C mode. To add them for derived modes too,
10339 pass nil for MODE and add the call to c-mode-hook.
10343 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
10345 (font-lock-add-keywords nil
10346 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
10347 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" .
10348 font-lock-keyword-face)))))
10350 The above procedure may fail to add keywords to derived modes if
10351 some involved major mode does not follow the standard conventions.
10352 File a bug report if this happens, so the major mode can be corrected.
10354 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
10355 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
10356 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
10358 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
10360 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
10361 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
10363 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
10364 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
10366 To make the removal apply to modes derived from MODE as well,
10367 pass nil for MODE and add the call to MODE-hook. This may fail
10368 for some derived modes if some involved major mode does not
10369 follow the standard conventions. File a bug report if this
10370 happens, so the major mode can be corrected.
10372 \(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
10374 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
10375 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
10381 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17141
10383 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
10385 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
10386 Toggle footnote minor mode.
10387 \\<message-mode-map>
10391 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
10392 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
10393 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
10394 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
10395 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
10396 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
10398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10402 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
10403 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17141 22786))
10404 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
10406 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
10407 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
10409 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
10410 TAB forms-next-field TAB
10411 C-c TAB forms-next-field
10412 C-c < forms-first-record <
10413 C-c > forms-last-record >
10414 C-c ? describe-mode ?
10415 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
10416 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
10417 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
10418 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
10419 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
10420 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
10421 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
10422 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
10423 C-c C-x forms-exit x
10425 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
10427 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
10428 Visit a file in Forms mode.
10432 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
10433 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
10439 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
10440 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17134 4564))
10441 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
10443 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
10444 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
10445 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
10446 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
10447 with a character in column 6.")
10449 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
10451 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
10452 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
10453 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
10455 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
10456 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
10458 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
10461 \\{fortran-mode-map}
10463 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10465 `fortran-comment-line-start'
10466 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
10467 `fortran-do-indent'
10468 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
10469 `fortran-if-indent'
10470 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
10471 `fortran-structure-indent'
10472 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
10474 `fortran-continuation-indent'
10475 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
10476 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
10477 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
10478 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
10479 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
10480 nil don't change the indentation
10481 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10483 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
10484 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
10485 depending on the continuation format in use.
10486 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
10487 indentation for a line of code.
10489 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
10490 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
10491 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
10492 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
10493 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
10494 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
10495 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
10496 `fortran-line-number-indent'
10497 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
10498 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
10500 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
10501 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
10502 statements (default nil).
10503 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
10504 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
10505 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
10506 `fortran-continuation-string'
10507 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
10508 line (default \"$\").
10509 `fortran-comment-region'
10510 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
10511 the region (default \"c$$$\").
10512 `fortran-electric-line-number'
10513 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
10514 as typed (default t).
10515 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
10516 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
10518 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
10519 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10525 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
10526 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17134 16321))
10527 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
10529 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
10530 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
10532 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10533 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10535 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
10537 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
10538 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
10540 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
10541 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
10543 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
10545 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
10546 Compile fortune file.
10548 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
10549 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
10551 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10553 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
10554 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
10556 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10557 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10558 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10559 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10561 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10563 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
10564 Display a fortune cookie.
10566 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
10567 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
10568 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
10569 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
10571 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
10575 ;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe"
10576 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" (17141 22788))
10577 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
10579 (defvar fringe-mode nil "\
10580 *Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
10581 This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
10582 the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
10583 the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
10584 a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
10585 width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
10587 To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
10588 it take real effect.
10589 Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
10590 If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
10591 you can use the interactive function `set-fringe-style'.")
10593 (custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
10595 (autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
10596 Set the default appearance of fringes on all frames.
10598 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
10599 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
10600 `minimal' and `half'.
10602 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
10603 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
10604 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
10605 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
10606 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
10607 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
10608 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
10609 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
10612 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
10613 fringe widths set by this command. This command applies to all
10614 frames that exist and frames to be created in the future. If you
10615 want to set the default appearance of fringes on the selected
10616 frame only, see the command `set-fringe-style'.
10618 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
10620 (autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
10621 Set the default appearance of fringes on the selected frame.
10623 When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
10624 for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
10625 `minimal' and `half'.
10627 When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
10628 integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
10629 cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
10630 integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
10631 If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
10632 default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
10633 right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
10634 of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
10637 Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
10638 fringe widths set by this command. If you want to set the
10639 default appearance of fringes on all frames, see the command
10642 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
10646 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug-log gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
10647 ;;;;;; (17134 20594))
10648 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
10650 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
10651 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10652 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10653 and source-file directory for your debugger.
10655 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
10656 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
10657 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
10658 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
10660 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
10661 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
10662 `gdb-use-inferior-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
10663 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are given in
10666 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
10668 The following commands help control operation :
10670 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
10671 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
10673 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
10674 detailed description of this mode.
10677 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10679 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10680 GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
10684 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10685 Source buffer | Input/Output (of inferior) buffer
10693 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10694 Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
10695 RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint
10696 | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint
10697 | d gdb-delete-breakpoint
10698 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10700 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10702 (defvar gdb-enable-debug-log nil "\
10703 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
10705 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug-log) "gdb-ui")
10709 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
10710 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17141
10712 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
10714 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
10715 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
10716 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
10717 instead (which see).")
10719 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
10720 Create a new generic mode MODE.
10722 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
10723 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
10724 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
10725 documentation string instead.
10727 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
10728 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
10729 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
10730 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
10731 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
10732 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
10733 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
10734 enders are actually possible.
10736 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
10737 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
10739 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
10740 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
10741 `font-lock-keywords'.
10743 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
10744 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
10745 runs the macro expansion.
10747 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
10748 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
10749 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
10751 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
10753 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
10755 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
10756 Go into the generic mode MODE.
10758 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
10760 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
10761 Enter generic mode MODE.
10763 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
10764 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
10765 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
10767 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
10768 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
10772 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
10773 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
10774 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
10775 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
10776 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
10777 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
10778 regular expression that can be used as an element of
10779 `font-lock-keywords'.
10781 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
10785 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
10786 ;;;;;; (17097 30669))
10787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
10789 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
10790 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
10791 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
10792 at places they belong to.
10794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10798 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
10799 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17141 6750))
10800 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
10802 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
10803 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
10805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10807 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
10809 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
10810 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
10811 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
10812 name of an NNTP server to use.
10813 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
10816 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
10818 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
10819 Read news as a slave.
10821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10823 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
10824 Pop up a frame to read news.
10825 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
10826 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
10827 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
10828 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
10829 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
10830 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
10831 current display is used.
10833 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
10835 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
10837 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
10838 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
10839 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
10841 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
10845 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
10846 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
10847 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
10848 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
10849 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
10850 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17141 6642))
10851 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
10853 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
10854 Start Gnus unplugged.
10858 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
10859 Start Gnus plugged.
10863 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
10864 Read news as a slave unplugged.
10866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10868 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
10869 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
10871 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
10872 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
10873 customize gnus-agent to nil.
10875 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
10876 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
10877 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
10881 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
10882 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
10886 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
10887 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP. Always updates the agent, even when
10888 disabled, as the old agent files would corrupt gnus when the agent was
10889 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is supported.
10891 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
10893 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
10894 Delete fully-qualified GROUP. Always updates the agent, even when
10895 disabled, as the old agent files would corrupt gnus when the agent was
10896 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is supported.
10898 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
10900 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
10901 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
10905 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
10906 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
10907 downloaded into the agent.
10909 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
10911 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
10912 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
10913 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
10914 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
10916 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
10918 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
10919 Start Gnus and fetch session.
10923 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
10924 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
10928 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
10929 Regenerate all agent covered files.
10930 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
10932 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
10936 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
10937 ;;;;;; (17141 6655))
10938 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
10940 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
10941 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
10947 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
10948 ;;;;;; (17141 6658))
10949 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
10951 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
10952 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
10958 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
10959 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
10960 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17141
10962 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
10964 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
10965 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
10968 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
10972 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
10973 Generate the cache active file.
10975 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10977 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
10978 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
10982 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
10983 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP. Always updates the cache, even when
10984 disabled, as the old cache files would corrupt gnus when the cache was
10985 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is supported.
10987 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
10989 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
10990 Delete GROUP. Always updates the cache, even when
10991 disabled, as the old cache files would corrupt gnus when the cache was
10992 next enabled. Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is supported.
10994 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
10998 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
10999 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17141 6662))
11000 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11002 (defgroup gnus-delay nil "Arrange for sending postings later." :version "22.1" :group (quote gnus))
11004 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
11005 Delay this article by some time.
11006 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11008 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11009 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11011 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11012 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11014 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11015 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11017 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11019 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
11020 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11024 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
11025 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11026 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11027 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11029 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11030 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11032 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11036 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11037 ;;;;;; (17141 6667))
11038 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11040 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
11041 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11047 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11048 ;;;;;; (17141 6667))
11049 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11051 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
11052 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11058 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11059 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11060 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17141
11062 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11064 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11065 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11069 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
11070 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11074 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11075 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11079 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
11080 Return an Face header based on an image file.
11084 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
11085 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11086 The PNG is returned as a string.
11088 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11090 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
11091 Convert FILE to a Face.
11092 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11095 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11099 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11100 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17141 6677))
11101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11103 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
11104 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11105 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11107 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11109 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
11110 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11112 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11116 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
11117 ;;;;;; (17141 6680))
11118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
11120 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
11122 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
11123 Run batched scoring.
11124 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
11130 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
11131 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
11132 ;;;;;; (17141 6682))
11133 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
11135 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11140 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
11141 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
11142 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
11144 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11146 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
11147 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
11149 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
11151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11155 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
11156 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
11157 ;;;;;; (17141 6682))
11158 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
11160 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11161 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
11162 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
11163 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
11166 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
11167 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
11168 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
11169 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
11171 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
11172 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
11173 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
11174 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
11175 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
11176 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
11177 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
11178 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
11179 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
11180 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
11182 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11184 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11185 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
11186 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
11189 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
11190 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
11192 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
11194 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11195 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11196 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
11198 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
11202 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
11203 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
11204 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
11206 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
11208 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
11209 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
11210 existing groups are considered.
11212 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
11213 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
11216 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
11217 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
11218 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
11219 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
11220 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
11221 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
11222 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
11223 clauses will be generated.
11225 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
11226 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
11227 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
11228 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
11229 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
11230 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
11232 For example, given the following group parameters:
11235 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
11236 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
11238 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
11239 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
11240 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
11241 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
11243 \((split-spec . catch-all))
11245 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
11247 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
11249 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
11250 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
11253 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
11257 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
11258 ;;;;;; (17141 6682))
11259 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
11261 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
11262 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
11263 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
11265 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
11269 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
11270 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17141 6686))
11271 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
11273 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
11274 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
11275 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
11276 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
11278 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
11280 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
11283 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
11285 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
11286 Like `message-reply'.
11288 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
11290 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
11294 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
11295 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
11296 ;;;;;; (17141 6686))
11297 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
11299 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11300 Display picons in the From header.
11301 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11305 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11306 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
11307 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11311 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
11312 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
11313 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
11319 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
11320 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
11321 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
11322 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
11323 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17141 6692))
11324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
11326 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
11327 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11328 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11329 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
11331 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11333 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
11334 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
11335 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11338 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11340 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
11341 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
11342 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
11344 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11346 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11349 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11351 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11352 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
11353 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11355 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11357 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
11358 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
11359 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
11361 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
11363 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
11365 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
11366 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11367 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11369 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11371 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
11372 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
11373 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11375 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11377 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
11378 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
11379 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
11381 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
11383 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
11384 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
11386 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
11390 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
11391 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17141 6692))
11392 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
11394 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
11399 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
11400 Install the registry hooks.
11406 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
11407 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17141
11409 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
11411 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
11412 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11413 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11414 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
11415 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
11416 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11420 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
11421 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
11422 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
11423 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
11424 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
11428 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
11435 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
11436 ;;;;;; (17141 6701))
11437 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
11439 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
11440 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
11441 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
11442 for matching on group names.
11444 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
11445 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
11447 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
11449 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
11455 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
11456 ;;;;;; (17141 6704))
11457 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
11459 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
11460 Update the format specification near point.
11466 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
11467 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17141
11469 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
11471 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
11472 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
11474 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
11476 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
11483 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
11484 ;;;;;; (17141 6744))
11485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
11487 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
11488 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
11490 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
11494 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17134 16326))
11495 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
11497 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
11498 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
11500 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
11501 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
11502 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
11504 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
11505 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
11506 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
11508 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
11509 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
11511 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
11512 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
11514 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
11516 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
11520 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
11521 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17134 16285))
11522 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
11524 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
11526 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
11527 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
11528 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
11529 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
11530 there, then load the URL at or before point.
11532 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
11534 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
11535 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
11536 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
11538 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
11540 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
11541 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
11547 ;;;### (autoloads (grep-tree grep-find grep-mode grep grep-compute-defaults
11548 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
11549 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17145 8110))
11550 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
11552 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
11553 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
11555 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep")
11557 (defvar grep-command nil "\
11558 The default grep command for \\[grep].
11559 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
11560 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
11561 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
11563 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
11564 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
11566 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep")
11568 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
11569 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
11570 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
11571 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
11573 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep")
11575 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
11576 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
11578 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep")
11580 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
11581 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
11583 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
11584 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
11585 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11587 (defvar find-program "find" "\
11588 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
11589 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11591 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
11592 Whether \\[grep-find] uses the `xargs' utility by default.
11594 If nil, it uses `find -exec'; if `gnu', it uses `find -print0' and `xargs -0';
11595 if not nil and not `gnu', it uses `find -print' and `xargs'.
11597 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
11599 (defvar grep-history nil)
11601 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
11603 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
11604 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
11605 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
11609 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
11614 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
11615 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11616 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
11617 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
11618 where grep found matches.
11620 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
11621 easily repeat a grep command.
11623 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
11624 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
11625 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
11626 if that history list is empty).
11628 If specified, optional second arg HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is the regexp to
11629 temporarily highlight in visited source lines.
11631 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS &optional HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" t nil)
11633 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
11634 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
11638 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
11639 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
11640 Collect output in a buffer.
11641 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11642 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11644 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11645 easily repeat a find command.
11647 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
11649 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
11651 (autoload (quote grep-tree) "grep" "\
11652 Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
11653 Collect output in a buffer.
11654 Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
11655 With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
11656 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
11657 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
11658 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
11660 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
11661 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
11663 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
11664 easily repeat a find command.
11666 When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
11667 those sub directories of DIR.
11669 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
11673 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17141 22791))
11674 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
11676 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
11677 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
11678 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
11679 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
11680 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
11682 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
11686 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb
11687 ;;;;;; perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17134 4576))
11688 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
11690 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
11691 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11692 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11693 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11695 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11697 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
11698 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11699 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11700 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11702 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11704 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
11705 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11706 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11707 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11709 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11711 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
11712 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11713 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11714 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11716 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
11717 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
11719 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11721 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
11722 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11723 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11724 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11726 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11728 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
11729 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
11730 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11731 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11733 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11735 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
11736 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
11737 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
11738 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
11739 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
11741 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
11742 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
11743 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
11744 original source file access method.
11746 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
11747 gud, see `gud-mode'.
11749 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11751 (autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
11752 Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11753 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11754 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11756 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11757 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
11759 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
11761 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
11762 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
11766 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
11767 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
11768 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11769 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11770 use either \\[customize] or the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
11772 (custom-autoload (quote gud-tooltip-mode) "gud")
11774 (put (quote gud-tooltip-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
11776 (autoload (quote gud-tooltip-mode) "gud" "\
11777 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
11779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11783 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17134
11785 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
11787 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
11788 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
11789 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
11790 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
11792 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
11793 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
11794 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
11795 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
11801 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
11802 ;;;;;; (16213 43281))
11803 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
11805 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
11806 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
11808 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
11810 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
11811 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
11812 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
11813 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
11815 Repent before ring 31 moves.
11819 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
11820 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
11821 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
11822 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
11829 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
11830 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
11831 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
11832 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17141 22791))
11833 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
11835 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
11836 Return the help-echo string at point.
11837 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
11838 property, or nil, is returned.
11839 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
11840 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
11841 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
11843 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
11845 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
11846 Return the keyboard help string at point.
11847 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
11848 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
11849 this produces no string either, return nil.
11853 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
11854 Display local help in the echo area.
11855 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
11856 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
11857 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
11860 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
11861 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
11862 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
11864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11866 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
11867 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
11868 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
11872 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
11873 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
11874 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
11878 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
11879 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
11880 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
11881 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
11882 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
11883 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
11884 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
11885 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
11886 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
11887 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
11888 a non-empty list disables the feature.
11890 This variable only takes effect after a call to
11891 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
11892 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
11893 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
11894 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
11896 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
11897 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
11898 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
11899 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
11900 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
11901 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
11902 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
11903 The default is `never'.")
11905 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt")
11907 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
11908 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
11909 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
11910 hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
11911 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
11912 considered different regions.
11914 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
11915 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
11916 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
11917 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
11918 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
11919 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
11920 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
11921 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
11922 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
11924 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
11926 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
11927 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
11928 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
11929 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
11932 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
11933 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
11934 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
11935 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
11936 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
11937 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
11938 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
11939 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
11941 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
11942 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
11943 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
11944 rarely happens in practice.
11946 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11948 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
11949 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
11950 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
11951 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
11952 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
11953 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
11955 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11959 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
11960 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 help-C-file-name describe-function
11961 ;;;;;; locate-library help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
11962 ;;;;;; (17141 22794))
11963 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
11965 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
11966 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
11967 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
11968 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
11969 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
11970 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
11972 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11974 (autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
11975 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
11976 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
11977 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
11978 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
11979 to the specified name LIBRARY.
11981 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
11982 is used instead of `load-path'.
11984 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
11985 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
11986 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
11988 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
11990 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
11991 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
11993 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11995 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
11996 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
11997 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
11999 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
12001 (defface help-argument-name (quote ((((supports :slant italic)) :inherit italic))) "Face to highlight argument names in *Help* buffers." :group (quote help))
12003 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
12006 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
12008 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
12009 Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
12010 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
12011 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
12013 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12015 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
12016 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
12017 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
12018 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
12019 it is displayed along with the global value.
12021 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12023 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
12024 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
12025 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
12026 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
12028 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12030 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
12031 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
12032 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
12033 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
12034 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
12036 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12040 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
12041 ;;;;;; (17141 22794))
12042 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
12044 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
12045 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
12046 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
12047 and window listing and describing the options.
12048 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
12049 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
12051 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
12055 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
12056 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
12057 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17141 22794))
12058 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
12060 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
12061 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
12062 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
12068 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
12073 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
12078 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
12079 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
12081 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
12082 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
12083 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
12084 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
12086 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
12087 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
12088 restore it properly when going back.
12090 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
12092 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
12093 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
12095 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
12096 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
12097 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
12098 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
12099 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
12100 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
12101 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
12102 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
12104 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
12105 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
12106 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
12107 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
12109 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
12110 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
12113 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12115 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12116 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
12117 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
12118 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
12119 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12120 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12122 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12124 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
12125 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
12126 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
12127 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
12128 See `help-make-xrefs'.
12130 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
12132 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
12133 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
12135 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12139 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
12140 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17141 26))
12141 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
12143 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
12144 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
12148 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
12149 Provide help for current mode.
12155 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
12156 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17146 18111))
12157 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
12159 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
12160 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
12161 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
12162 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
12163 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
12165 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
12166 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
12168 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
12169 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
12170 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
12171 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
12173 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
12174 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
12177 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
12182 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
12183 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
12184 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
12185 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
12186 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
12187 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
12188 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
12189 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
12190 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
12191 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
12192 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
12193 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
12194 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
12195 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
12196 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
12198 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
12199 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
12200 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
12202 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
12205 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
12207 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
12208 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
12209 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
12211 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
12212 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
12213 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
12215 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
12216 into the buffer at the current point.
12218 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
12219 into the buffer at the current point.
12221 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
12222 into the buffer at the current point.
12224 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
12226 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
12227 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
12229 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
12231 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
12233 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12235 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
12236 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
12237 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
12239 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12241 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
12242 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
12243 This discards the buffer's undo information.
12249 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
12250 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
12251 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (17141
12253 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
12255 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
12256 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
12258 (custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
12260 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
12261 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
12263 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
12264 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
12265 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
12266 which can be called interactively, are:
12268 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12269 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12271 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
12272 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
12273 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
12274 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
12276 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
12277 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
12279 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
12280 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
12282 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
12283 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
12284 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
12285 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
12286 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
12287 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
12289 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
12290 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
12292 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
12293 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
12295 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
12296 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
12297 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
12300 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
12302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12304 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
12306 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12307 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
12309 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12310 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12311 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
12312 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
12314 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12316 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
12318 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12319 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
12321 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
12322 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
12323 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
12324 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')
12326 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12328 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
12330 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12331 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
12333 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
12334 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
12336 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
12338 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
12340 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
12341 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
12343 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
12344 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
12345 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
12346 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
12347 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
12349 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
12351 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
12352 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
12354 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
12355 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
12356 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
12362 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
12363 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17134 4576))
12364 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
12366 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
12367 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
12368 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12369 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
12370 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
12371 how the hiding is done:
12374 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
12375 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
12378 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
12379 An association list of defined symbol lists.
12380 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12381 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
12382 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
12385 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
12386 #endif lines when hiding.
12388 `hide-ifdef-initially'
12389 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
12392 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
12393 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
12394 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
12396 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
12398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12400 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
12401 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
12403 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
12405 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
12406 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
12408 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
12410 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
12411 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
12413 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
12417 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
12418 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (17134 4579))
12419 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
12421 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
12422 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
12424 (custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow")
12426 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
12427 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
12428 Each element has the form
12429 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
12431 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
12432 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
12434 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
12435 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
12437 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
12438 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
12439 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
12440 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
12441 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
12442 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
12444 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
12445 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
12447 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
12448 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
12450 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
12451 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
12452 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
12454 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
12455 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
12456 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12457 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
12458 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
12459 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
12461 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
12462 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
12463 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
12465 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
12466 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
12468 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
12471 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
12473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12477 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
12478 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
12479 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
12480 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
12481 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17146 26034))
12482 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
12484 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
12485 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
12486 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
12488 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
12490 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
12491 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
12493 Without an argument:
12494 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
12495 or passive state as determined by the variable
12496 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
12499 With an argument ARG:
12500 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
12501 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
12502 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
12504 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
12505 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
12506 not displayed in a different face.
12509 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
12510 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
12511 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
12512 buffer with the contents of a file
12513 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
12514 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
12518 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
12519 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
12520 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
12522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12524 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
12525 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12529 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
12530 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
12534 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
12535 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
12537 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
12538 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
12539 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
12540 shown in the last face in the list.
12542 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
12543 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
12544 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
12546 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
12550 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
12551 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
12553 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
12555 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
12558 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
12559 written to a temporary file for comparison.
12561 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12562 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12563 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12565 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
12567 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
12568 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
12570 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
12571 this function is called interactively.
12573 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
12574 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
12575 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
12577 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
12578 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
12579 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
12581 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
12583 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
12584 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
12586 When called interactively:
12587 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
12588 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
12589 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
12590 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
12592 When called from a program:
12593 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
12594 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
12595 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
12596 - otherwise just turn it on
12598 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
12599 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
12600 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
12601 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
12603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12607 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
12608 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
12609 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
12610 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
12611 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17141 22805))
12612 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
12614 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
12615 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
12616 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
12617 or insert functions in this list.")
12619 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
12621 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
12622 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
12624 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
12626 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
12627 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
12629 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
12631 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
12632 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
12634 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
12636 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
12637 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
12639 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
12641 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
12642 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
12643 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
12645 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12647 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
12648 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
12649 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
12652 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12654 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
12655 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
12656 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
12657 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
12658 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
12660 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
12662 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
12663 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
12664 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
12665 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
12666 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
12668 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
12669 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
12670 undoes the expansion.
12674 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
12675 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
12676 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
12677 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
12679 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
12683 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
12684 ;;;;;; (17141 22805))
12685 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
12687 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
12688 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
12689 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12691 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
12692 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
12693 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
12694 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
12695 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
12697 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
12698 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
12699 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
12700 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
12702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12704 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
12705 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
12706 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12707 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12708 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
12710 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
12712 (put (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
12714 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
12715 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
12716 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
12718 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
12719 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
12721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12725 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
12726 ;;;;;; (17097 30004))
12727 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
12729 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
12730 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
12731 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
12733 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
12735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12737 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
12738 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
12740 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
12741 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
12743 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
12745 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
12749 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
12750 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17141 76))
12751 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
12753 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
12754 This function is obsolete.
12755 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12756 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12760 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
12761 This function is obsolete.
12762 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12763 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12765 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12767 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
12768 This function is obsolete.
12769 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
12770 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
12772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12776 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17141
12778 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
12780 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
12781 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
12787 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
12788 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
12789 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
12790 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
12791 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
12792 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
12793 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
12794 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
12795 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
12796 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
12797 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
12798 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
12799 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
12800 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
12801 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
12802 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
12803 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
12804 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
12805 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
12806 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
12807 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
12808 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17141 22806))
12809 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
12811 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12812 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
12813 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
12815 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12817 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12818 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
12820 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
12822 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12823 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
12825 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
12827 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12828 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
12830 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
12832 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12833 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
12837 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12838 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
12840 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
12842 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12843 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
12845 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
12846 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
12847 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
12848 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
12849 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
12850 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
12851 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
12852 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
12853 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
12854 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
12855 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
12856 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
12858 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
12861 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
12863 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12864 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
12868 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
12869 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
12873 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12874 Remove the first filter group.
12878 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12879 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
12881 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12883 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12884 Remove all filter groups.
12888 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12889 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
12893 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12894 Kill the filter group named NAME.
12895 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
12899 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
12900 Kill the filter group at point.
12901 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
12903 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
12905 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
12906 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
12910 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
12911 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
12915 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12916 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
12917 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
12918 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
12920 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
12922 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12923 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
12924 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
12928 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
12929 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
12930 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
12931 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
12932 of replacing the current filters.
12936 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
12937 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
12941 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
12942 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
12946 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
12947 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
12949 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
12950 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
12951 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
12955 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12956 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
12960 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
12961 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
12965 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
12966 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
12967 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
12970 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
12972 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12973 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
12974 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
12976 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
12978 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12979 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
12983 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12984 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
12988 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
12989 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
12990 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
12991 of replacing the current filters.
12994 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
12995 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
12996 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
12997 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
12998 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
12999 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
13000 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
13001 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
13003 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13004 Toggle the current sorting mode.
13005 Default sorting modes are:
13006 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
13007 Name - the name of the buffer
13008 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
13009 Size - the size of the buffer
13013 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
13014 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
13017 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
13018 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
13019 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
13020 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
13022 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13023 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
13027 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
13028 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
13029 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
13030 for this Ibuffer session.
13032 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13034 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
13035 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
13036 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
13037 for this Ibuffer session.
13039 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13041 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13042 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13044 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13045 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13047 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
13048 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
13050 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
13052 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
13053 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
13055 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
13056 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
13058 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
13060 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
13061 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
13065 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
13066 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
13068 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
13069 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
13070 hidden group filter, open it.
13072 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
13073 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
13074 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
13078 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
13079 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
13080 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
13084 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
13085 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
13087 The names are separated by a space.
13088 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
13090 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
13091 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
13092 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
13093 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
13095 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
13097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13099 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13100 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
13102 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13104 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13105 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
13107 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13109 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
13110 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
13112 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13114 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13115 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
13119 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13120 Mark all modified buffers.
13124 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13125 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
13129 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13130 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
13134 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13135 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
13139 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13140 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
13144 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13145 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
13149 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13150 Mark all read-only buffers.
13154 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
13155 Mark all `dired' buffers.
13159 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
13160 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
13161 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
13164 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
13168 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
13169 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17141
13171 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
13173 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
13174 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
13176 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
13177 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
13178 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
13180 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
13181 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
13182 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
13183 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
13184 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
13185 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
13187 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
13188 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
13189 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
13190 change its definition, you should explicitly call
13191 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
13193 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13195 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13196 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
13197 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
13198 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
13199 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
13201 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
13202 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
13203 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
13205 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13207 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
13208 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
13209 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
13210 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
13211 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
13212 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
13214 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
13215 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
13216 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
13217 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
13218 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
13219 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
13220 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
13221 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
13223 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
13224 t - the function it always modifies buffers
13225 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
13226 buffer's modification flag.
13227 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
13228 prompted before performing this operation.
13229 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
13230 operation is complete, in the form:
13231 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
13232 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
13233 confirmation message, in the form:
13234 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
13235 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
13236 macro for exactly what it does.
13238 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13240 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
13241 Define a filter named NAME.
13242 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
13243 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
13244 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
13246 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
13247 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
13248 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
13249 bound to the current value of the filter.
13251 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13255 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
13256 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17141 22811))
13257 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
13259 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
13260 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
13261 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13262 buffers which are visiting a file.
13264 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13266 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
13267 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
13268 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
13269 buffers which are visiting a file.
13271 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
13273 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
13274 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
13275 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
13277 All arguments are optional.
13278 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
13279 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
13280 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
13281 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
13282 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
13283 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
13284 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
13285 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
13286 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
13287 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
13288 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
13289 that value locally in this buffer.
13291 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
13295 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
13296 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
13297 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17115 45491))
13298 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
13300 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
13301 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
13302 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
13303 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
13305 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13307 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
13308 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
13309 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
13310 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
13312 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
13313 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
13314 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13316 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
13318 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
13319 Import a iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
13320 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
13321 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
13322 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
13323 non-marking or not.
13325 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13327 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
13328 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
13330 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
13331 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
13334 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
13335 when DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
13336 DO-NOT-ASK is set to t, so that you are asked fore each event.
13338 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
13341 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
13342 means that an error has occured. Error messages will be in the
13343 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
13345 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
13349 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17144
13351 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
13353 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
13354 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
13355 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13356 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13357 use either \\[customize] or the function `icomplete-mode'.")
13359 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete")
13361 (put (quote icomplete-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
13363 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
13364 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
13365 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
13367 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13371 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17134 4581))
13372 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
13374 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
13375 Major mode for editing Icon code.
13376 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
13377 Tab indents for Icon code.
13378 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
13379 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
13381 Variables controlling indentation style:
13382 icon-tab-always-indent
13383 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
13384 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
13386 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
13387 inserted in Icon code.
13389 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
13390 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
13391 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
13392 icon-continued-statement-offset
13393 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
13394 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
13395 icon-continued-brace-offset
13396 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
13397 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
13399 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
13400 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
13401 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
13402 this far to the right of the start of its line.
13404 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
13405 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13411 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
13412 ;;;;;; (17144 58053))
13413 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
13415 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
13416 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
13417 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
13418 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
13420 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
13421 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
13424 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
13425 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
13427 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
13428 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
13429 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
13431 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
13433 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
13437 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
13438 ;;;;;; (17097 30727))
13439 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
13441 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
13442 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 5.7_22).
13444 The main features of this mode are
13446 1. Indentation and Formatting
13447 --------------------------
13448 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
13449 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
13451 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
13452 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
13453 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
13454 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
13456 Comments are indented as follows:
13458 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
13459 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
13460 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
13462 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
13464 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
13465 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
13466 relative to the first will be retained. Use
13467 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
13468 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
13469 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
13471 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
13472 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
13473 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
13474 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
13478 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
13479 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
13480 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
13481 source file of a module. These commands know about system
13482 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
13483 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
13484 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
13485 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
13486 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
13487 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
13491 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
13492 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single
13493 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. The
13494 HTML help files package must be installed for this to work -- check
13495 the IDLWAVE webpage for the correct package for your version. See
13496 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
13500 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
13501 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
13502 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
13503 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
13504 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
13507 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
13508 --------------------------------
13509 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
13510 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
13512 \\pr PROCEDURE template
13513 \\fu FUNCTION template
13514 \\c CASE statement template
13515 \\sw SWITCH statement template
13516 \\f FOR loop template
13517 \\r REPEAT Loop template
13518 \\w WHILE loop template
13519 \\i IF statement template
13520 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
13523 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
13524 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
13526 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
13527 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
13528 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
13529 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
13531 6. Automatic Case Conversion
13532 -------------------------
13533 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
13534 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
13536 7. Automatic END completion
13537 ------------------------
13538 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
13539 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
13543 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
13544 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
13546 9. Documentation and Customization
13547 -------------------------------
13548 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
13549 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
13550 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
13551 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
13552 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
13556 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
13557 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
13558 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
13560 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
13563 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
13567 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
13568 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
13569 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
13570 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
13571 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
13572 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
13573 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
13574 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17141
13576 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
13578 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
13579 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
13580 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
13581 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
13583 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
13584 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
13585 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
13587 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13588 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
13590 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
13592 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
13593 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
13594 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13595 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
13596 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
13597 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
13598 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
13599 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
13600 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13604 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
13605 Switch to another buffer.
13606 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
13607 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13610 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
13611 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
13612 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
13613 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
13614 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
13616 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
13617 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
13619 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
13620 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
13622 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13623 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13624 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13625 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
13626 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
13627 in a separate window.
13628 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
13629 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13630 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13631 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13632 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
13633 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
13634 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
13635 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
13636 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
13640 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
13641 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13642 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13643 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13647 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
13648 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13649 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13650 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13654 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
13656 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13657 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13661 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
13662 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
13663 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13664 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13668 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
13669 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13670 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13671 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
13675 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
13676 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
13680 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
13681 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
13682 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
13683 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
13684 visible in another frame.
13686 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
13687 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
13688 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
13689 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
13690 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
13691 except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
13693 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
13694 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
13696 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
13697 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
13699 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
13700 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
13701 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
13702 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
13703 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
13704 in a separate window.
13705 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
13706 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
13707 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
13708 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
13709 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
13710 \\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
13711 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
13712 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
13713 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
13714 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
13715 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
13716 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
13717 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
13718 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
13719 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
13723 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
13724 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13725 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13726 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13730 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
13731 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
13732 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13733 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13737 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
13738 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
13739 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13740 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13744 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
13745 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
13746 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13747 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13751 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
13752 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
13753 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13754 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13758 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
13759 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
13760 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13761 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13765 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
13766 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
13767 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13768 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13772 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
13773 Write current buffer to a file.
13774 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13775 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13779 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
13780 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
13781 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13782 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13786 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
13787 Call dired the ido way.
13788 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13789 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
13793 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
13794 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13795 Return the name of a buffer selected.
13796 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13797 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13798 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
13800 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13802 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
13803 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
13804 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13805 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
13807 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
13809 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
13810 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
13811 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
13812 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
13814 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
13816 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
13817 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
13818 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
13819 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
13820 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
13821 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
13822 with `completing-read'.
13823 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
13824 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
13825 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
13826 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
13827 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
13828 with point positioned at the end.
13829 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
13830 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
13832 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
13836 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17141 22821))
13837 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
13838 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
13840 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
13841 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
13842 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
13848 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
13849 ;;;;;; (17141 22821))
13850 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
13852 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
13853 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
13857 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
13858 Toggle inline image minor mode.
13860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13864 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
13865 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-available-p
13866 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-data) "image"
13867 ;;;;;; "image.el" (17141 22821))
13868 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
13870 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
13871 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
13872 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
13875 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
13877 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
13878 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
13879 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
13882 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13884 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
13885 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
13886 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
13888 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
13890 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
13892 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
13893 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
13894 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
13895 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
13896 use its file extension as image type.
13897 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
13898 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
13899 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
13900 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
13902 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
13904 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
13905 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
13906 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
13907 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
13908 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
13909 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
13910 POS may be an integer or marker.
13911 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
13912 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
13913 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
13914 means display it in the right marginal area.
13916 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
13918 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
13919 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
13920 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
13921 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
13922 defaulted if you omit it.
13923 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
13924 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
13925 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
13926 means display it in the right marginal area.
13927 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
13928 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
13929 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
13930 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
13931 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
13933 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
13935 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
13936 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
13937 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
13938 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
13939 defaulted if you omit it.
13940 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
13941 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
13942 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
13943 means display it in the right marginal area.
13944 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
13946 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
13948 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
13949 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
13950 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
13951 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
13953 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
13955 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
13956 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
13958 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
13960 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
13961 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
13962 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
13963 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
13964 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
13965 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
13966 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
13967 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
13970 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
13972 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
13974 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
13975 Define SYMBOL as an image.
13977 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
13978 documentation string.
13980 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
13981 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
13982 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
13983 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
13984 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
13985 string containing the actual image data. The first image
13986 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
13991 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
13992 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
13994 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
13998 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
13999 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
14000 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17141 22821))
14001 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
14003 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
14004 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
14005 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
14006 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
14008 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
14009 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14010 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14011 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14013 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
14015 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
14016 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
14017 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
14018 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
14020 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
14021 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
14022 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
14023 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
14025 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
14027 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
14028 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
14032 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
14033 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
14034 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
14035 the command `insert-file-contents'.
14037 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
14039 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
14040 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
14041 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14042 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14043 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
14045 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
14047 (put (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
14049 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
14050 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
14051 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
14052 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
14054 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
14055 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
14056 `image-file-name-regexps'.
14058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14062 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
14063 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17097 55485))
14064 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
14065 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14066 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14067 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14068 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14069 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
14070 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
14072 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
14073 Major mode for image files.
14074 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
14075 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
14079 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
14080 Toggle Image minor mode.
14081 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14082 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
14084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14086 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
14087 Set major or minor mode for image files.
14088 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
14089 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
14090 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
14091 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
14093 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
14094 information on these modes.
14100 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
14101 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17141 22824))
14102 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
14104 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
14105 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
14107 Affects only the mouse index menu.
14109 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
14110 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
14113 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
14115 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
14116 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
14117 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
14119 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
14121 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
14122 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
14124 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
14125 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
14126 pattern's structure.
14128 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
14129 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
14130 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
14133 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
14135 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
14136 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
14138 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
14139 of the current buffer as an alist.
14141 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
14142 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
14143 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
14144 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
14145 if it is a sub-alist.
14147 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.")
14149 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
14151 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
14152 Function for finding the next index position.
14154 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
14155 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
14156 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
14159 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
14160 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
14162 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
14164 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
14165 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
14167 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
14168 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
14169 It should return the name for that index item.")
14171 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
14173 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
14174 Function to compare string with index item.
14176 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
14177 non-nil if they match.
14179 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
14180 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
14181 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
14182 arguments match\".")
14184 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
14186 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
14187 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
14188 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
14190 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
14192 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
14194 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
14196 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
14197 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
14198 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
14199 See the command `imenu' for more information.
14203 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
14204 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
14206 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
14210 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
14211 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
14212 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
14213 for more information.
14215 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
14219 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
14220 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
14221 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17097 30350))
14222 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
14224 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
14225 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
14227 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
14229 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
14232 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
14234 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14237 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
14239 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
14242 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
14244 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
14245 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
14246 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
14247 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
14248 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
14250 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
14252 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
14253 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
14254 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
14255 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
14256 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
14258 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
14262 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
14263 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
14264 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17134 4617))
14265 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
14267 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
14268 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
14269 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
14270 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
14271 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
14273 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp")
14275 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
14276 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
14278 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp")
14280 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
14281 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
14282 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
14283 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
14284 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
14285 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
14286 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
14287 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
14289 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp")
14291 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
14292 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
14293 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
14294 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
14295 Inferior Lisp buffer.
14297 This variable is only used if the variable
14298 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
14300 More precise choices:
14301 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
14302 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
14305 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
14307 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp")
14309 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
14310 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
14312 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
14313 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
14314 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
14316 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
14317 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
14318 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
14319 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
14322 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
14324 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
14328 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
14329 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
14330 ;;;;;; Info-directory info-standalone info-emacs-manual info info-other-window)
14331 ;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (17146 26046))
14332 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
14334 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
14335 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
14337 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
14338 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
14339 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
14341 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
14342 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
14343 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
14344 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
14345 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
14346 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
14347 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
14348 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
14349 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
14350 with the top-level Info directory.
14352 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
14353 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
14354 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
14355 appended to the Info buffer name.
14357 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
14358 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
14359 in all the directories in that path.
14361 \(fn &optional FILE BUFFER)" t nil)
14363 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
14364 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
14368 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
14369 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
14370 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
14371 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
14375 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
14376 Go to the Info directory node.
14380 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
14381 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file.
14382 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
14383 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
14384 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
14385 Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself.
14387 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
14389 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
14390 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
14391 Build a menu of the possible matches.
14393 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
14395 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
14396 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
14397 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
14398 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
14399 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
14401 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
14402 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
14404 Selecting other nodes:
14405 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
14406 Follow a node reference you click on.
14407 This works with menu items, cross references, and
14408 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
14409 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
14410 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
14411 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
14412 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
14413 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
14414 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
14415 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
14416 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
14417 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
14418 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
14419 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
14420 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
14421 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
14422 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
14423 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14424 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
14425 \\[Info-index] Look up a topic in this file's Index and move to that node.
14426 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
14427 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
14429 Moving within a node:
14430 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
14431 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
14432 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
14433 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
14434 move up to the parent node.
14435 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
14436 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
14438 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
14441 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
14442 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
14443 \\[Info-edit] Edit contents of selected node.
14444 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
14445 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
14446 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
14447 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
14448 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
14449 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
14450 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
14451 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
14452 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
14453 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
14454 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
14455 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
14456 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
14459 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
14461 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
14462 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
14463 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14464 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14465 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14466 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
14468 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
14469 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
14471 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
14472 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
14474 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
14475 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
14476 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
14477 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
14481 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
14482 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
14483 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
14489 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
14490 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
14491 ;;;;;; (17141 22827))
14492 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
14494 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
14495 Throw away all cached data.
14496 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
14497 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
14501 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
14503 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
14504 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
14505 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
14506 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
14507 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14508 The default symbol is the one found at point.
14510 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
14512 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
14513 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
14515 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
14516 Display the documentation of a file.
14517 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
14518 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
14519 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
14520 The default file name is the one found at point.
14522 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
14524 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
14526 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
14527 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
14529 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14531 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
14532 Perform completion on file preceding point.
14534 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
14538 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
14539 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17141 22827))
14540 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
14542 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
14543 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
14545 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
14547 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
14548 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
14549 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
14553 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
14554 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
14555 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
14557 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
14558 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
14565 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
14566 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17141 22836))
14567 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
14569 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
14570 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
14572 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
14574 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
14575 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
14576 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
14578 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
14579 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
14580 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
14582 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
14583 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
14584 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
14585 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
14589 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
14590 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
14591 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
14595 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
14596 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
14597 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
14598 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
14599 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
14605 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
14606 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
14607 ;;;;;; (17116 14485))
14608 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
14610 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
14611 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
14615 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
14616 Toggle input method in interactive search.
14620 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
14623 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
14627 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17141
14629 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
14631 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
14632 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
14633 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
14634 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
14635 accessed via isearchb.
14641 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
14643 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
14645 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
14646 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
14647 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
14648 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
14649 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
14650 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
14652 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
14653 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
14655 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
14656 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
14657 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
14658 \"s gives German sharp s.
14659 /a gives a with ring.
14660 /e gives an a-e ligature.
14661 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
14662 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
14663 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
14665 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
14666 and a negative argument disables it.
14668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14672 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
14673 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
14674 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
14675 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17097 30247))
14676 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
14678 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
14679 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
14680 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14681 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14683 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14685 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
14686 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
14687 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14688 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14690 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14692 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
14693 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
14694 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14695 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14697 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14699 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14700 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14701 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14702 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14704 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14706 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14707 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14708 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14709 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14711 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14713 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
14714 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14715 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14716 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14718 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14720 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
14721 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
14722 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
14723 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14725 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14727 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
14728 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
14729 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14730 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14732 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14734 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
14735 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
14736 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
14737 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
14739 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
14741 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
14742 Warn that format is read-only.
14746 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
14747 Warn that format is write-only.
14751 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
14752 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
14758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
14759 ;;;;;; (17097 30250))
14760 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
14761 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
14762 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
14763 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
14767 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
14768 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
14769 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
14770 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
14771 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
14772 ;;;;;; (17144 58097))
14773 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
14775 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
14776 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
14777 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
14778 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
14780 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
14782 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
14783 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
14784 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
14786 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
14787 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
14790 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
14792 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
14794 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
14796 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
14798 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
14800 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
14802 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
14804 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
14805 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
14807 Each element of this list is also a list:
14809 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
14810 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
14812 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
14813 nil means the default dictionary.
14815 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
14818 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
14820 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
14821 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
14822 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
14823 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
14824 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
14825 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
14826 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
14827 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
14828 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
14830 CASECHAS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be a unibyte string
14831 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
14832 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
14833 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
14834 for non-ASCII bytes.
14836 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
14837 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
14840 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
14843 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
14844 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
14845 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
14846 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
14847 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
14848 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
14849 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
14850 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
14852 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
14854 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
14855 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
14856 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
14858 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
14859 Key map for ispell menu.")
14861 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
14862 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
14863 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
14864 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
14866 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
14868 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
14870 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
14872 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
14874 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
14875 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
14876 The alist key must be a regular expression.
14877 Valid forms include:
14878 (KEY) - just skip the key.
14879 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
14880 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
14881 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
14883 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
14884 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
14885 First list is used raw.
14886 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
14888 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
14889 for skipping in latex mode.")
14891 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
14892 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
14893 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
14894 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
14895 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
14896 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
14898 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
14899 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
14900 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
14901 in a window allowing you to choose one.
14903 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
14904 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
14905 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
14906 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
14907 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
14909 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
14910 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
14912 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
14913 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
14915 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
14916 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
14919 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
14920 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
14921 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
14922 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
14923 quit spell session exited.
14925 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
14927 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
14928 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
14929 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
14931 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
14933 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
14934 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
14938 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
14939 SPC: Accept word this time.
14940 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
14941 `a': Accept word for this session.
14942 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
14943 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
14944 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
14945 `?': Show these commands.
14946 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
14947 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
14948 the aborted check to be completed later.
14949 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
14950 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
14951 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
14952 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
14953 `C-l': redraws screen
14954 `C-r': recursive edit
14955 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
14959 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
14960 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
14961 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
14963 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
14965 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
14966 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
14967 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
14968 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
14970 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
14972 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
14974 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
14975 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
14976 Return nil if spell session is quit,
14977 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
14979 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
14981 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
14982 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
14986 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
14987 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
14991 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
14992 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
14996 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
14997 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
14998 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
14999 sequence inside of a word.
15001 Standard ispell choices are then available.
15003 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
15005 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
15006 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
15010 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
15011 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
15012 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
15013 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
15015 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
15016 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
15017 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
15018 available on the net.
15022 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
15023 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
15024 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
15026 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
15027 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
15029 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
15030 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
15032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15034 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
15035 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
15036 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
15037 Don't check included messages.
15039 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
15040 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
15041 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
15043 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
15044 in your .emacs file:
15045 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
15046 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
15047 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
15048 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
15050 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
15051 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
15052 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
15058 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17141
15060 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
15062 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
15063 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
15064 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15065 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15066 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
15068 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
15070 (put (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
15072 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
15073 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
15074 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
15075 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
15076 `iswitchb' for details.
15078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15082 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
15083 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
15084 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
15085 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17097 30350))
15086 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
15088 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
15093 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
15094 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
15095 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15096 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15097 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
15098 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
15099 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
15100 necessary to represent OBJ.
15102 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
15104 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
15105 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
15106 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15107 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15109 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15111 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
15112 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
15113 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15114 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15115 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
15117 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
15119 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
15120 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
15121 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
15122 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
15124 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
15126 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
15127 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
15128 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
15129 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15131 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
15133 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
15134 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
15136 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15138 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15139 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
15140 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15141 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15142 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
15144 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
15146 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
15147 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
15148 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
15149 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
15150 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
15152 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
15154 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
15155 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15156 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
15158 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15162 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (17141
15164 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
15166 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
15167 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
15168 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
15169 that needs to be (re)fontified.
15170 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
15172 \(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
15176 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
15177 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17141 22848))
15178 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
15180 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
15181 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
15182 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
15183 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
15185 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
15188 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
15190 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
15191 Uninstall jka-compr.
15192 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
15193 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
15194 by `jka-compr-installed'.
15200 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
15201 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
15202 ;;;;;; (17134 16203))
15203 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
15205 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
15206 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15207 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15208 decimal key must be specified.")
15210 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
15212 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
15213 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
15214 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15215 decimal key must be specified.")
15217 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
15219 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
15220 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15221 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15222 decimal key must be specified.")
15224 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15226 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
15227 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
15228 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
15229 decimal key must be specified.")
15231 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
15233 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
15234 Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
15235 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
15236 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
15237 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
15241 -------------------------------------------------------------
15242 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
15243 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
15244 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
15245 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
15246 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
15247 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
15248 in the global and local keymaps.
15250 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
15251 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
15253 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
15257 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
15258 ;;;;;; (17097 30250))
15259 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
15261 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
15262 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
15263 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
15265 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
15266 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
15267 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
15268 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
15271 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
15272 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
15273 the context of text formatting.
15275 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
15279 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17097
15281 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
15283 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
15284 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
15285 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
15286 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
15287 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
15288 positions that contains the current selection.")
15290 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
15291 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
15292 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
15293 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
15294 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
15295 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
15296 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
15298 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15302 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
15303 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
15304 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
15305 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17141 22852))
15306 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
15307 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
15308 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
15309 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
15310 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
15311 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
15312 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
15313 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
15315 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
15316 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15317 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15318 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
15319 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
15321 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
15323 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
15324 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
15325 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
15327 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
15328 defining the macro.
15330 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
15331 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15332 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15334 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
15335 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
15339 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
15340 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
15341 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15342 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
15343 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
15346 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
15347 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
15348 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
15352 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
15353 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
15354 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
15356 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
15357 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
15358 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
15359 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
15361 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
15362 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15364 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
15366 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
15367 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
15368 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
15370 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
15373 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
15374 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
15376 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
15377 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
15378 inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
15380 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
15381 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
15385 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
15386 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
15387 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15388 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
15390 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15392 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
15393 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
15394 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
15395 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
15397 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
15398 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
15400 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
15402 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
15403 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
15404 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
15406 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
15410 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
15411 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
15412 ;;;;;; (17097 30352))
15413 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
15415 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
15417 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
15420 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15422 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
15425 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15427 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
15430 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15434 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
15435 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17097 30352))
15436 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
15438 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
15439 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
15440 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
15442 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
15449 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
15450 ;;;;;; (17134 16334))
15451 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
15453 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
15455 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
15456 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
15460 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
15462 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
15463 Start or resume an Lm game.
15464 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
15465 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
15467 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
15468 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
15469 none / 1 | yes | no
15474 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
15475 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
15476 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
15482 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
15483 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
15484 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17097
15486 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
15488 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
15491 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15493 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
15494 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
15495 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
15496 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
15497 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
15498 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
15500 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
15501 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
15503 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
15505 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
15506 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
15508 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
15510 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
15513 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15515 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
15516 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
15517 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
15518 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
15521 The return value is number of composed characters.
15523 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
15525 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
15528 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15532 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
15533 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
15534 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17097 30252))
15535 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
15537 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
15538 Mapping from encoding names used by LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
15539 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
15541 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc")
15543 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
15544 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
15545 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
15547 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
15549 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
15550 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
15551 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
15555 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
15556 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
15557 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
15558 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
15560 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
15564 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
15565 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17097 30256))
15566 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
15568 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
15569 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
15570 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
15571 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
15572 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
15573 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
15574 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
15575 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
15577 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
15578 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
15580 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15581 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15583 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
15585 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
15586 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
15587 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
15588 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
15589 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
15590 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
15591 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
15592 a Unicode font with which to display them.
15594 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
15596 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
15597 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
15598 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
15599 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
15601 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15602 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
15604 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
15608 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
15609 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17141 78))
15610 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
15612 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
15613 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
15614 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
15615 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
15617 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
15619 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
15620 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
15623 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
15625 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
15626 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
15627 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
15628 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
15629 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
15632 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
15633 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
15634 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
15635 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
15636 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
15638 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
15639 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
15640 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
15641 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
15642 slow to keep up with your typing.
15644 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
15645 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
15646 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
15647 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
15648 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
15649 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
15651 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
15652 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
15653 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
15654 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
15656 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
15657 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
15658 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
15659 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
15661 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
15662 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
15663 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
15664 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
15665 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
15667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15669 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
15670 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
15676 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
15677 ;;;;;; (17134 4617))
15678 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
15680 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.lds" . ld-script-mode)))
15682 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
15683 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
15689 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
15690 ;;;;;; (17141 22852))
15691 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
15693 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
15694 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
15696 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
15697 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
15699 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
15700 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
15702 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
15703 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
15704 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
15705 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
15706 for later transmission to Lisp job.
15707 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
15708 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
15709 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
15710 and transmit saved text.
15712 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
15713 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
15717 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
15724 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17134 16334))
15725 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
15727 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
15728 Run Conway's Life simulation.
15729 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
15730 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
15731 generations (this defaults to 1).
15733 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
15737 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17141
15739 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
15741 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
15742 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
15743 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
15744 is nil, raise an error.
15746 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
15747 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
15748 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
15749 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
15750 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
15751 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
15752 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
15753 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
15754 such as redefining an Emacs function.
15756 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
15760 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
15761 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17141 22855))
15762 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
15764 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
15765 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
15766 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
15768 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate")
15770 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
15771 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
15772 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
15774 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
15776 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
15777 Run the locate command with a filter.
15779 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
15780 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
15782 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
15786 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17141 22855))
15787 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
15789 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
15790 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
15791 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
15792 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
15793 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
15794 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
15795 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
15796 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
15797 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
15798 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
15799 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
15800 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
15801 uses the current buffer.
15803 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
15807 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17141
15809 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
15811 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
15812 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
15818 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17141
15820 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
15822 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
15823 Toggle Long Lines mode.
15824 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
15825 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
15826 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
15828 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
15829 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
15830 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
15832 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
15833 are indicated with a symbol.
15835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15839 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
15840 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17141
15842 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
15844 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
15846 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
15848 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
15849 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
15850 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
15852 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
15853 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
15855 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
15856 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
15857 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
15858 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
15859 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
15860 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
15861 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
15863 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
15865 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
15866 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
15867 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
15868 switch on this list.
15869 See `lpr-command'.")
15871 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
15873 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
15874 *Name of program for printing a file.
15876 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
15877 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
15878 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
15879 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
15880 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
15881 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
15884 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
15886 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
15887 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
15888 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15889 for customization of the printer command.
15893 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
15894 Paginate and print buffer contents.
15896 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
15897 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
15898 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
15899 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
15901 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
15902 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
15904 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15905 for further customization of the printer command.
15909 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
15910 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
15911 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15912 for customization of the printer command.
15914 \(fn START END)" t nil)
15916 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
15917 Paginate and print the region contents.
15919 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
15920 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
15921 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
15922 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
15924 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
15925 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
15927 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
15928 for further customization of the printer command.
15930 \(fn START END)" t nil)
15934 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
15935 ;;;;;; (17141 22857))
15936 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
15938 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
15939 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
15940 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
15942 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
15946 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17097
15948 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
15950 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
15951 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
15952 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
15954 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
15956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15960 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17134
15962 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
15964 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
15965 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
15972 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
15974 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
15976 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
15977 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
15978 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
15979 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
15980 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
15982 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
15986 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
15987 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17141 22860))
15988 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
15990 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
15991 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
15992 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
15993 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
15994 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
15996 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
15998 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
15999 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
16000 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
16001 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
16003 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
16004 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
16005 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
16006 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
16009 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
16010 use this command, and then save the file.
16012 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
16014 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
16015 Query user during kbd macro execution.
16016 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
16017 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
16018 each time the macro executes.
16019 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
16020 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
16021 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
16022 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
16023 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
16024 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
16025 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
16029 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
16030 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
16031 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
16032 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
16034 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
16035 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
16036 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
16039 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
16040 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
16042 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
16043 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
16044 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
16045 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
16046 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
16048 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
16051 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
16052 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
16053 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
16055 You could enter the names in this format:
16061 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
16064 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
16067 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
16068 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
16070 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
16071 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
16075 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
16076 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17141 4120))
16077 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
16079 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
16080 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
16081 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
16082 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
16083 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
16085 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
16086 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
16087 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
16088 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
16089 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
16091 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
16092 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
16093 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
16096 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
16098 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
16099 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
16101 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
16105 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
16106 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
16107 ;;;;;; (17141 4121))
16108 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
16110 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
16111 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
16115 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
16120 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
16121 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
16123 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
16125 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
16126 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
16127 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
16130 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
16136 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
16137 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
16138 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17141
16140 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
16142 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
16143 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
16144 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
16145 often correct parser.")
16147 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
16149 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
16152 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
16154 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16155 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
16156 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16157 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16159 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16161 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
16162 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
16163 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16164 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16166 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
16168 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
16169 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
16170 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
16171 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
16172 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
16173 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
16174 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
16177 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
16179 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
16180 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
16181 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
16182 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
16183 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
16184 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
16186 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
16190 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
16191 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17141 4124))
16192 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
16194 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
16195 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
16199 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
16200 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
16201 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
16203 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
16205 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
16206 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
16207 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
16209 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16213 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
16214 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17141
16216 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
16218 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
16219 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
16220 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
16222 If `parens', they look like:
16223 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16224 If `angles', they look like:
16225 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
16227 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
16229 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
16230 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
16231 If interactive, expand in header fields.
16232 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
16233 their `Resent-' variants.
16235 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
16236 removed from alias expansions.
16238 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
16240 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
16241 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
16242 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
16244 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
16245 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
16246 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
16247 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
16249 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
16251 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
16252 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
16253 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
16254 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
16260 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode makefile-gmake-mode
16261 ;;;;;; makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
16262 ;;;;;; (17134 4623))
16263 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
16265 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
16266 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
16268 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
16269 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
16270 `makefile-makepp-mode' or `makefile-bsdmake-mode'. All but the
16271 last should be correctly chosen based on the file name, except if
16272 it is *.mk. This function ends by invoking the function(s)
16273 `makefile-mode-hook'.
16275 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
16276 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
16277 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
16278 dependency, despite the colon.
16280 \\{makefile-mode-map}
16282 In the browser, use the following keys:
16284 \\{makefile-browser-map}
16286 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
16288 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
16289 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
16291 `makefile-target-colon':
16292 The string that gets appended to all target names
16293 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
16294 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
16296 `makefile-macro-assign':
16297 The string that gets appended to all macro names
16298 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
16299 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
16300 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
16301 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
16302 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
16304 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
16305 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
16306 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
16308 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
16309 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
16311 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
16312 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
16313 up or down in the browser.
16315 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
16316 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
16318 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
16319 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
16321 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
16322 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
16323 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
16324 has been selected in the browser.
16326 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
16327 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
16328 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
16329 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
16330 filenames are omitted.
16332 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
16333 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
16334 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
16335 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
16336 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
16337 the backslash itself intact.
16338 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
16339 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
16341 `makefile-browser-hook':
16342 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
16343 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
16345 `makefile-special-targets-list':
16346 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
16347 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
16348 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
16352 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
16353 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
16357 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
16358 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
16362 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
16363 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
16367 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
16368 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
16374 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17141
16376 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
16378 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
16379 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
16380 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
16386 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17141 22861))
16387 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
16389 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
16391 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
16392 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
16393 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
16394 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
16395 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
16396 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
16397 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
16399 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
16400 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
16401 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
16402 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
16404 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16406 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
16407 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
16409 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
16413 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17141 22861))
16414 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
16416 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
16417 Toggle Master mode.
16418 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
16419 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
16420 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
16422 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
16423 following commands:
16425 \\{master-mode-map}
16427 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
16428 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
16429 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
16431 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16435 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17146
16437 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
16439 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
16441 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
16442 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
16443 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16444 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16445 use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
16447 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
16449 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
16451 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
16452 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
16453 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
16454 created in the future.
16455 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
16456 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
16458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16462 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
16463 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
16464 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
16465 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
16466 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
16467 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-reduce-to-to-cc
16468 ;;;;;; message-cross-post-followup-to message-cross-post-insert-note
16469 ;;;;;; message-cross-post-followup-to-header message-add-archive-header
16470 ;;;;;; message-mark-insert-file message-mark-inserted-region message-change-subject
16471 ;;;;;; message-signature-insert-empty-line message-signature-file
16472 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
16473 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
16474 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
16475 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (17142 44975))
16476 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
16478 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
16479 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
16481 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
16483 If `parens', they look like:
16484 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
16485 If `angles', they look like:
16486 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
16488 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
16489 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
16491 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
16493 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
16494 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
16496 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
16498 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
16499 *Local news organization file.")
16501 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
16503 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
16504 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
16505 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
16506 variable `mail-header-separator'.
16508 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
16509 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
16510 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
16512 See also `send-mail-function'.")
16514 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
16516 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
16517 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
16519 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
16520 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
16521 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
16522 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
16524 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
16526 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
16527 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
16528 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
16529 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
16531 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
16533 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
16534 *Function for citing an original message.
16535 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
16536 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
16537 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
16539 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
16541 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
16542 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
16543 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
16544 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
16545 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
16547 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
16549 (defvar message-signature t "\
16550 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
16551 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
16552 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
16553 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
16555 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
16557 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
16558 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
16559 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
16560 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
16562 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
16564 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
16565 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
16567 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message")
16569 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
16571 (autoload (quote message-change-subject) "message" "\
16572 Ask for NEW-SUBJECT header, append (was: <Old Subject>).
16574 \(fn NEW-SUBJECT)" t nil)
16576 (autoload (quote message-mark-inserted-region) "message" "\
16577 Mark some region in the current article with enclosing tags.
16578 See `message-mark-insert-begin' and `message-mark-insert-end'.
16580 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
16582 (autoload (quote message-mark-insert-file) "message" "\
16583 Insert FILE at point, marking it with enclosing tags.
16584 See `message-mark-insert-begin' and `message-mark-insert-end'.
16588 (autoload (quote message-add-archive-header) "message" "\
16589 Insert \"X-No-Archive: Yes\" in the header and a note in the body.
16590 The note can be customized using `message-archive-note'. When called with a
16591 prefix argument, ask for a text to insert. If you don't want the note in the
16592 body, set `message-archive-note' to nil.
16596 (autoload (quote message-cross-post-followup-to-header) "message" "\
16597 Mangles FollowUp-To and Newsgroups header to point to TARGET-GROUP.
16598 With prefix-argument just set Follow-Up, don't cross-post.
16600 \(fn TARGET-GROUP)" t nil)
16602 (autoload (quote message-cross-post-insert-note) "message" "\
16603 Insert a in message body note about a set Followup or Crosspost.
16604 If there have been previous notes, delete them. TARGET-GROUP specifies the
16605 group to Followup-To. When CROSS-POST is t, insert note about
16606 crossposting. IN-OLD specifies whether TARGET-GROUP is a member of
16607 OLD-GROUPS. OLD-GROUPS lists the old-groups the posting would have
16608 been made to before the user asked for a Crosspost.
16610 \(fn TARGET-GROUP CROSS-POST IN-OLD OLD-GROUPS)" nil nil)
16612 (autoload (quote message-cross-post-followup-to) "message" "\
16613 Crossposts message and set Followup-To to TARGET-GROUP.
16614 With prefix-argument just set Follow-Up, don't cross-post.
16616 \(fn TARGET-GROUP)" t nil)
16618 (autoload (quote message-reduce-to-to-cc) "message" "\
16619 Replace contents of To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc: header.
16623 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
16624 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
16625 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
16626 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
16627 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
16628 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
16629 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
16630 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
16631 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
16632 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
16633 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
16634 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
16635 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
16636 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
16637 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
16638 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
16639 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
16640 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
16641 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
16642 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
16643 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
16644 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
16645 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
16646 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
16647 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
16648 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
16649 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
16650 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
16651 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
16652 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
16653 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
16654 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
16655 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
16656 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
16657 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
16658 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
16659 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
16663 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
16664 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
16665 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
16667 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
16669 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
16670 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16672 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16674 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
16675 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
16677 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
16679 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
16680 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
16682 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
16684 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
16685 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
16686 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
16688 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
16690 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
16691 Cancel an article you posted.
16692 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
16694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16696 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
16697 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
16698 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
16699 header line with the old Message-ID.
16703 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
16704 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
16708 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
16709 Forward the current message via mail.
16710 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
16711 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
16713 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
16715 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
16718 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
16720 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
16723 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
16725 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
16726 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
16730 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
16731 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
16733 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
16735 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
16736 Re-mail the current message.
16737 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
16738 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
16743 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
16744 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
16746 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16748 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
16749 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
16751 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
16753 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
16754 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16756 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16758 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
16759 Start editing a news article to be sent.
16761 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
16763 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
16764 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
16765 Works by overstriking characters.
16766 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16767 which specify the range to operate on.
16769 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16771 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
16772 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
16773 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
16774 which specify the range to operate on.
16776 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16780 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
16781 ;;;;;; (17134 4623))
16782 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
16784 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
16785 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
16789 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
16790 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16794 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
16795 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
16799 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
16800 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
16806 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
16807 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
16808 ;;;;;; (17141 4126))
16809 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
16811 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
16812 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16813 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
16817 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
16818 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
16819 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16820 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16821 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16822 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16823 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
16825 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16827 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
16828 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
16829 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16830 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16831 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16833 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16834 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16836 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16838 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
16839 Process current region through 'metamail'.
16840 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
16841 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
16842 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
16844 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
16845 redisplayed as output is inserted.
16847 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
16851 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
16852 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17097
16854 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
16856 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
16857 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
16858 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
16861 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16865 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
16866 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
16867 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
16868 system. This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and thus
16869 is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail buffer. Users
16870 should use `mh-smail' to compose mail.
16872 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
16873 OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
16875 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
16877 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
16878 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
16879 This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
16881 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
16882 initial Subject field, respectively.
16884 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
16885 header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
16886 HEADER and VALUE are strings.
16888 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
16890 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
16892 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
16893 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
16894 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to the MH mail
16897 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
16901 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
16902 Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
16904 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
16905 using the MH mail handling system.
16907 There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option
16908 `mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E
16909 commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running
16910 \\[mh-edit-mhn] for mhn directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for Gnus directives.
16911 This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the
16912 directives are inserted with MH-E commands such as \\[mh-compose-insertion],
16913 the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent.
16915 Options that control this mode can be changed with
16916 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
16918 When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
16919 `mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
16921 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
16927 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e"
16928 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17146 26082))
16929 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
16931 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
16932 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
16933 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
16934 the Emacs interface to the MH mail system.
16936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16938 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
16939 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
16940 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
16941 the Emacs interface to the MH mail system.
16943 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16945 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
16946 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
16950 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-e" "\
16951 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
16953 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through the
16954 messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into another
16955 folder; these commands are executed all at once with a separate command.
16957 Options that control this mode can be changed with \\[customize-group];
16958 specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please see the `mh-scan-format-file'
16959 option if you wish to modify scan's format.
16961 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
16965 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as `mh-forward' or
16966 `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument can be used in several
16969 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to these commands,
16970 then you will be prompted for the message range. This can be any valid MH
16971 range which can include messages, sequences, and the abbreviations (described
16972 in the mh(1) man page):
16975 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive. The range
16981 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num may be
16982 any of the pre-defined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or last.
16988 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
16991 All of the messages.
16993 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3 5-10 last:5
16996 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a region in the
16997 MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will perform the operation on all
16998 messages in that region.
17000 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
17006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-init" "mh-e/mh-init.el" (17097 30424))
17007 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-init.el
17009 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17011 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17013 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
17017 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
17018 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17141 22866))
17019 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
17021 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
17022 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
17023 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
17024 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
17025 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
17026 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
17027 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
17028 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
17029 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
17030 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
17031 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
17035 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
17036 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
17037 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
17038 to its second argument TM.
17040 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
17044 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
17045 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17141 22866))
17046 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
17048 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
17049 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
17050 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17051 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17052 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
17054 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
17056 (put (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17058 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
17059 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
17060 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
17061 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
17062 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
17063 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
17064 default indication.
17066 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17067 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17073 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
17074 ;;;;;; (17134 4626))
17075 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
17077 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
17078 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
17083 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
17087 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
17088 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
17089 ;;;;;; (17097 30355))
17090 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
17092 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
17095 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17097 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
17100 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
17102 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
17103 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
17104 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
17107 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
17111 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el"
17112 ;;;;;; (17141 6779))
17113 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
17115 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
17116 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
17117 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17118 the entire message.
17119 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17121 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17125 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
17126 ;;;;;; (17141 6779))
17127 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
17129 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
17130 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
17131 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
17132 the entire message.
17133 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
17135 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
17139 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
17140 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17141 6779))
17141 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
17143 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
17144 Insert file contents of URL.
17145 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
17147 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17149 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
17150 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
17152 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
17156 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17141
17158 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
17160 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
17161 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
17167 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
17168 ;;;;;; (17141 6788))
17169 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
17171 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
17174 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17176 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
17179 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17183 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
17184 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
17185 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17142 44976))
17186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
17188 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
17191 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17193 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
17196 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17198 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
17201 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17203 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
17206 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
17208 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17211 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
17213 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
17216 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
17218 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
17225 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
17226 ;;;;;; (17073 44110))
17227 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
17229 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
17230 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
17231 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
17232 followed by the first character of the construct.
17234 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
17235 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
17236 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
17237 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
17238 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
17239 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
17240 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
17241 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
17242 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
17243 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
17244 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
17245 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
17246 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
17249 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
17250 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
17251 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
17257 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
17258 ;;;;;; (17134 16334))
17259 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
17261 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
17262 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
17264 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17266 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
17267 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
17269 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
17273 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17141
17275 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
17277 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
17278 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
17279 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17280 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17281 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
17283 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
17285 (put (quote mouse-sel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17287 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
17288 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
17289 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
17290 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
17292 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
17294 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
17296 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
17298 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
17299 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
17300 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
17301 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
17302 Triple-clicking selects lines.
17303 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
17305 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
17306 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
17307 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
17308 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
17309 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
17311 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
17312 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
17314 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
17315 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
17317 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
17319 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
17320 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
17321 primary selection and region.
17323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17327 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17134 16334))
17328 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
17330 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
17331 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
17337 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (17141 22875))
17338 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
17340 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
17341 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
17342 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17343 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17344 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
17346 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
17348 (put (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17350 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
17352 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
17353 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
17354 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
17356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17360 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
17361 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
17362 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
17363 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
17364 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
17365 ;;;;;; (17097 30270))
17366 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
17368 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
17369 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
17370 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
17371 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
17372 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
17373 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
17374 set of ISO charsets.
17376 Each element has the following format:
17377 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
17379 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
17381 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
17382 CHARSET are mapped.
17384 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
17385 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
17386 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
17387 character code in CHARSET.
17389 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
17390 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
17391 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
17393 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
17394 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
17396 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
17397 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
17399 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
17400 Display a list of all character sets.
17402 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
17403 internal Emacs use.
17405 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
17406 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
17407 hexadecimal digits.
17408 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
17409 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
17411 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
17412 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
17413 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
17414 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
17416 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
17417 but still shows the full information.
17421 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
17422 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
17423 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
17424 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
17425 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
17427 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
17428 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
17429 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
17430 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
17431 detailed meanings of these arguments.
17433 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
17435 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
17436 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
17437 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
17438 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
17439 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
17441 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17443 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
17444 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
17446 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
17448 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
17449 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
17451 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
17453 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
17454 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
17456 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
17457 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
17459 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17460 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
17461 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
17462 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
17463 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
17464 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
17465 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17466 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
17467 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17468 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
17469 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
17470 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
17471 `default-process-coding-system' for read
17472 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
17473 `default-process-coding-system' for write
17474 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
17478 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
17479 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
17483 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
17484 Display a list of all coding systems.
17485 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
17487 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
17488 but still contains full information about each coding system.
17490 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17492 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
17493 Display a list of all coding categories.
17497 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
17498 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
17500 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
17502 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
17503 Display information about FONTSET.
17504 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
17506 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
17508 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
17509 Display a list of all fontsets.
17510 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
17511 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
17512 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
17516 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
17517 Display information about all input methods.
17521 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
17522 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
17524 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
17525 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
17526 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
17527 system which uses fontsets).
17533 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
17534 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
17535 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
17536 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
17537 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
17538 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17097 30270))
17539 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
17541 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
17542 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
17543 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
17545 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
17547 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
17549 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
17550 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
17552 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
17553 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
17555 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
17556 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
17558 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
17560 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
17561 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
17562 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
17563 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
17564 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
17565 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
17566 buffer; see also `char-width'.
17568 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
17569 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
17570 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
17571 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
17572 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
17573 middle of a character in STR.
17575 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
17576 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
17578 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
17579 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
17580 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
17581 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
17582 defaults to \"...\".
17584 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
17586 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
17587 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
17589 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
17590 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
17591 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
17593 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
17594 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
17595 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
17597 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
17598 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
17599 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
17601 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
17602 longer than KEYSEQ.
17603 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
17605 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
17607 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
17608 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
17609 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
17610 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
17611 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
17612 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
17613 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
17614 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
17615 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
17616 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
17617 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
17619 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
17621 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
17622 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
17624 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17626 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
17627 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
17629 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17631 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
17632 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
17634 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17636 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
17637 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
17639 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
17641 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
17642 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
17643 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
17644 coding systems ordered by priority.
17646 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
17648 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
17649 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
17650 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
17651 language environment LANG-ENV.
17653 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
17655 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
17656 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
17657 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
17658 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
17659 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
17660 basis, this may not be accurate.
17662 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
17666 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
17667 ;;;;;; (17141 22878))
17668 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
17670 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
17671 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
17672 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
17673 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17674 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
17676 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
17678 (put (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
17680 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
17681 Toggle mouse wheel support.
17682 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
17683 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
17685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17687 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
17688 Enable mouse wheel support.
17690 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
17694 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
17695 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
17696 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
17697 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17144 6947))
17698 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
17700 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
17701 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
17703 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
17705 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
17707 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
17708 `ping-program-options'.
17712 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
17713 Run ipconfig program.
17717 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
17719 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
17720 Run netstat program.
17724 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
17725 Run the arp program.
17729 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
17730 Run the route program.
17734 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
17735 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
17739 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
17740 Run nslookup program.
17744 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
17745 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
17749 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
17754 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
17759 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
17760 Finger USER on HOST.
17762 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
17764 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
17765 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
17766 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
17767 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
17769 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
17771 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
17776 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
17777 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
17779 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
17781 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
17782 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
17784 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
17788 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
17789 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-region uncomment-region
17790 ;;;;;; comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent comment-indent-default
17791 ;;;;;; comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line comment-padding
17792 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
17793 ;;;;;; (17145 6052))
17794 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
17796 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
17798 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
17800 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
17802 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
17804 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
17805 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
17806 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
17807 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
17808 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
17809 Major modes should set this variable.")
17811 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
17812 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
17813 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
17814 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
17815 Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
17816 not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
17818 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
17820 (defvar comment-start nil "\
17821 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
17823 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
17824 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
17825 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
17826 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
17828 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
17829 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
17831 (defvar comment-end "" "\
17832 *String to insert to end a new comment.
17833 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
17835 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
17836 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
17837 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
17838 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
17839 column indentation or nil.
17840 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
17842 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
17843 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
17844 The function has no args.
17846 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
17847 comments always start in column zero.")
17849 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
17850 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
17851 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
17853 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
17855 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
17856 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
17857 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
17858 of the corresponding number of spaces.
17860 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
17861 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
17863 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
17865 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
17866 *Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
17867 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
17868 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
17869 customize this variable.
17871 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
17872 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
17874 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
17876 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
17877 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
17878 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
17879 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
17880 the variables are properly set.
17882 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
17884 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
17885 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
17889 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
17890 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
17891 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
17893 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
17895 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
17896 Set the comment column based on point.
17897 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
17898 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
17899 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
17900 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
17904 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
17905 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
17906 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
17910 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
17911 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
17912 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
17915 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17917 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
17918 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
17919 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
17920 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
17921 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
17922 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
17923 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
17924 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
17926 The strings used as comment starts are built from
17927 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
17929 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17931 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
17932 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
17933 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
17934 is passed on to the respective function.
17936 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
17938 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
17939 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
17940 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
17941 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
17942 case it calls `uncomment-region').
17943 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
17944 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
17945 Else, call `comment-indent'.
17949 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
17950 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
17951 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
17953 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment")
17955 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
17956 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
17957 This indents the body of the continued comment
17958 under the previous comment line.
17960 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
17961 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
17962 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
17964 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
17965 or comment indentation.
17967 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
17968 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
17970 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
17974 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
17975 ;;;;;; (17141 6794))
17976 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
17978 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
17979 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
17981 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
17985 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17141
17987 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
17989 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
17990 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
17991 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
17992 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
17993 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
17994 symbol in the alist.
17996 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
18000 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
18001 ;;;;;; (17141 6800))
18002 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
18004 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
18005 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
18006 This command does not work if you use short group names.
18012 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
18013 ;;;;;; (17141 6805))
18014 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
18016 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
18017 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
18018 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
18024 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
18025 ;;;;;; (17141 6814))
18026 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
18028 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
18029 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
18031 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
18035 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
18036 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17141 6817))
18037 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
18039 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
18040 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
18044 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18045 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
18049 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
18050 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
18056 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
18057 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17141 22879))
18058 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
18060 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
18061 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
18062 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
18064 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
18066 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
18069 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
18071 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
18072 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
18073 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18074 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18075 to future sessions.
18077 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18079 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
18080 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
18081 COMMAND must be a symbol.
18082 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
18083 to future sessions.
18085 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
18089 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
18090 ;;;;;; (17141 135))
18091 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
18093 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
18094 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
18096 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
18097 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
18098 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
18104 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
18105 ;;;;;; (17134 4626))
18106 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
18108 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
18109 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
18110 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
18111 specified by `octave-help-files'.
18112 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
18118 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
18119 ;;;;;; (17134 4626))
18120 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
18122 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
18123 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
18124 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
18126 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
18128 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
18129 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
18131 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
18132 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
18133 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
18135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18137 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
18141 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
18142 ;;;;;; (17134 4632))
18143 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
18145 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
18146 Major mode for editing Octave code.
18148 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
18149 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
18150 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
18151 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
18153 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
18154 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
18155 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
18156 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
18157 is why you need this mode!).
18159 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
18160 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
18161 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
18163 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
18168 \\{octave-mode-map}
18170 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
18171 ==============================================
18174 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
18177 octave-auto-newline
18178 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
18181 octave-blink-matching-block
18182 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
18183 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
18185 octave-block-offset
18186 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
18189 octave-continuation-offset
18190 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
18193 octave-continuation-string
18194 String used for Octave continuation lines.
18195 Default is a backslash.
18197 octave-mode-startup-message
18198 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
18201 octave-send-echo-input
18202 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
18203 command to the inferior Octave process.
18205 octave-send-line-auto-forward
18206 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
18207 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
18209 octave-send-echo-input
18210 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
18212 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
18214 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
18215 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
18217 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
18218 (setq auto-mode-alist
18219 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
18221 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
18222 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
18224 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
18228 (if (eq window-system 'x)
18229 (font-lock-mode 1))))
18231 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
18232 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
18233 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
18234 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
18240 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
18242 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
18244 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
18245 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
18246 It is now better to use Customize instead.
18250 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
18251 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
18252 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
18253 in which there are commands to set the option values.
18254 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
18256 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
18262 ;;;### (autoloads (orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl org-remember-handler
18263 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-store-link org-diary org-agenda
18264 ;;;;;; org-agenda-mode org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el" (17141
18266 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
18268 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
18269 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
18270 \"Carstens outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
18272 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
18273 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
18274 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
18275 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
18276 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
18277 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
18278 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
18279 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
18280 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
18281 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
18283 The following commands are available:
18289 (autoload (quote org-agenda-mode) "org" "\
18290 Mode for time-sorted view on action items in Org-mode files.
18292 The following commands are available:
18294 \\{org-agenda-mode-map}
18298 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
18299 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
18300 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
18301 will be able to go to other weeks.
18302 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
18303 also be shown, under the current date.
18304 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
18305 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
18306 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
18308 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
18310 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
18311 Return diary information from org-files.
18312 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
18313 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
18314 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
18315 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
18317 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
18318 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
18319 also be listed, on the expiration day.
18321 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
18322 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
18323 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
18324 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
18326 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
18327 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
18328 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
18330 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
18331 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
18332 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
18333 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
18335 The call in the diary file should look like this:
18337 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
18339 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
18340 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
18344 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
18345 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
18348 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
18350 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
18351 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
18352 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
18354 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
18356 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
18357 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
18358 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
18359 \\[org-insert-link].
18360 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
18361 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
18362 For file links, arg negates `org-line-numbers-in-file-links'.
18366 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
18367 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
18368 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
18369 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
18370 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
18374 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
18375 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
18376 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
18377 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
18378 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
18379 file the text at a specific location.
18380 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
18381 file. Or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
18382 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
18384 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
18385 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
18386 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
18387 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
18388 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
18389 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
18390 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
18391 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
18393 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
18394 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
18395 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
18396 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
18398 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
18399 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
18400 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
18402 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
18403 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
18404 \(i.e. after the stars).
18406 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
18410 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
18411 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
18415 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
18416 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
18418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18422 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
18423 ;;;;;; (17141 22882))
18424 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
18426 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
18427 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
18428 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
18429 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
18431 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
18432 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
18433 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
18434 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
18436 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
18437 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
18438 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
18439 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
18440 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
18441 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
18443 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
18444 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
18445 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
18447 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
18448 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
18449 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
18450 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
18451 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
18452 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
18453 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
18454 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
18455 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
18456 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
18457 The subheadings remain visible.
18458 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
18460 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
18461 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
18462 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
18464 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
18465 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
18469 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
18470 Toggle Outline minor mode.
18471 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
18472 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
18474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18478 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17141 22882))
18479 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
18481 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
18482 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
18483 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18484 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18485 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
18487 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
18489 (put (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18491 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
18492 Toggle Show Paren mode.
18493 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18494 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
18496 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
18497 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
18499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18503 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
18504 ;;;;;; (17097 30010))
18505 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
18507 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
18508 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
18509 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
18510 unknown are returned as nil.
18512 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
18516 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17134
18518 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
18520 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
18521 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
18522 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
18524 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
18525 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
18527 Other useful functions are:
18529 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
18530 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
18531 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
18532 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
18533 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
18534 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
18535 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
18536 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
18537 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
18539 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
18541 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
18542 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
18543 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
18544 Indentation for case statements.
18545 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
18546 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
18548 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
18549 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
18550 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
18551 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
18552 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
18553 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
18554 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
18555 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
18556 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
18557 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
18559 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
18560 pascal-separator-keywords.
18562 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
18563 no args, if that value is non-nil.
18569 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
18570 ;;;;;; (17134 16203))
18571 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
18573 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
18574 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
18575 The keys affected are:
18576 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
18577 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
18578 M-Backspace does undo.
18579 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
18580 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
18581 C-Escape does list-buffers.
18587 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
18588 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17134 16203))
18589 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
18591 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
18592 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
18593 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18594 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18595 use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
18597 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
18599 (put (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
18601 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
18602 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
18604 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
18606 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
18607 which modify the status of the mark.
18609 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
18610 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
18612 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
18613 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
18615 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
18616 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
18617 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
18618 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
18619 turning PC Selection mode on.
18621 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
18622 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
18624 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
18625 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
18626 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
18628 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
18629 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
18630 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
18632 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
18633 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
18635 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
18636 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
18637 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
18639 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
18640 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
18641 but before calling PC Selection mode):
18647 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
18648 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
18651 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18653 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
18654 Toggle PC Selection mode.
18655 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
18656 and cursor movement commands.
18657 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
18658 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18659 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
18661 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
18665 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17141
18667 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
18669 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
18670 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
18676 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
18677 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17141 22882))
18678 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
18680 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18681 Completion for `gzip'.
18685 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18686 Completion for `bzip2'.
18690 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18691 Completion for GNU `make'.
18695 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
18696 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
18700 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
18704 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
18705 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17141 22882))
18706 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
18708 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
18709 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
18713 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
18714 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
18718 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
18719 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
18725 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17141
18727 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
18729 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
18730 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
18731 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
18732 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
18733 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
18734 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
18740 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
18741 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
18742 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17141 22882))
18743 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
18745 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18746 Completion for `cd'.
18750 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
18752 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18753 Completion for `rmdir'.
18757 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18758 Completion for `rm'.
18762 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18763 Completion for `xargs'.
18767 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
18769 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18770 Completion for `which'.
18774 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18775 Completion for the `chown' command.
18779 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
18780 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
18786 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
18787 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
18788 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17141
18790 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
18792 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
18793 Support extensible programmable completion.
18794 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
18795 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
18797 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
18799 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
18800 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
18804 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
18805 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
18806 This will modify the current buffer.
18810 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
18811 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
18815 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
18816 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
18817 This will modify the current buffer.
18821 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
18822 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
18826 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
18827 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
18831 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
18832 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
18833 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
18834 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
18835 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
18837 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
18839 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
18840 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
18846 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
18847 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
18848 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (17141 22894))
18849 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
18851 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
18852 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
18853 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
18854 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18856 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
18858 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
18860 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
18861 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
18862 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
18863 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
18864 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18865 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
18868 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
18870 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
18871 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
18872 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
18873 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18874 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
18875 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
18876 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18877 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
18879 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
18881 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
18882 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
18883 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18884 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
18885 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
18886 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18887 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
18890 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
18892 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
18893 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
18894 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
18895 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
18896 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
18897 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
18898 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
18900 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
18902 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
18904 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
18905 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
18906 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
18908 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
18910 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
18911 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
18912 nil means never do it.
18913 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
18914 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
18915 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
18917 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
18919 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
18920 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
18921 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
18925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17141 22888))
18926 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
18928 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
18932 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
18933 ;;;;;; (17134 4639))
18934 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
18936 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
18937 Major mode for editing Perl code.
18938 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
18939 Tab indents for Perl code.
18940 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
18941 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
18942 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
18944 Variables controlling indentation style:
18945 `perl-tab-always-indent'
18946 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
18947 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
18948 `perl-tab-to-comment'
18949 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
18950 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
18951 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
18953 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
18954 `perl-indent-level'
18955 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
18956 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
18957 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
18958 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
18959 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
18960 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
18961 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
18962 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
18963 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
18964 `perl-brace-offset'
18965 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
18966 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
18967 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
18968 this far to the right of the start of its line.
18969 `perl-label-offset'
18970 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
18971 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
18972 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
18974 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
18975 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
18976 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
18977 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
18978 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
18979 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
18980 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
18982 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
18988 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
18989 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
18990 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg"
18991 ;;;;;; "gnus/pgg.el" (17141 6830))
18992 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pgg.el
18994 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
18995 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
18996 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
18998 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN)" t nil)
19000 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
19001 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
19002 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
19003 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
19006 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END)" t nil)
19008 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
19009 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
19011 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19013 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
19014 Decrypt the current buffer.
19015 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
19018 \(fn &optional START END)" t nil)
19020 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
19021 Make the signature from text between START and END.
19022 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
19023 a detached signature.
19024 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19025 and the the output is displayed.
19027 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT)" t nil)
19029 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
19030 Sign the current buffer.
19031 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
19032 detached signature.
19033 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
19035 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
19036 and the the output is displayed.
19038 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END)" t nil)
19040 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
19041 Verify the current region between START and END.
19042 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19043 the detached signature of the current region.
19045 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19046 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19048 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
19050 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
19051 Verify the current buffer.
19052 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
19053 the detached signature of the current region.
19054 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
19055 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
19056 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
19059 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
19061 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
19062 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
19066 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
19067 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
19069 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19071 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
19072 Import public keys in the current buffer.
19078 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
19079 ;;;;;; (17141 162))
19080 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
19082 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
19083 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
19084 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
19085 afterwards settable by these commands:
19086 C-c < Move left after insertion.
19087 C-c > Move right after insertion.
19088 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
19089 C-c . Move down after insertion.
19090 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
19091 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
19092 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
19093 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
19094 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
19095 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
19096 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
19097 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
19098 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
19099 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
19100 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
19101 with these commands:
19102 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
19103 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
19104 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
19105 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
19106 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
19107 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
19108 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
19109 Return Move to beginning of next line.
19110 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
19111 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
19112 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
19113 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
19114 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
19115 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
19116 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
19117 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
19118 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
19119 You can manipulate text with these commands:
19120 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
19121 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
19122 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
19123 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
19124 text is saved in the kill ring.
19125 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
19126 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
19127 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
19128 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
19129 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
19130 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
19131 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
19132 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
19133 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
19134 if invoked soon enough.
19135 You can return to the previous mode with:
19136 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
19137 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
19139 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
19141 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
19142 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
19146 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
19150 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
19151 ;;;;;; (17141 162))
19152 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
19154 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
19155 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
19156 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
19158 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
19162 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17134 16334))
19163 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
19165 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
19166 Play pong and waste time.
19167 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
19168 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
19170 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
19178 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
19179 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17141 35))
19180 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
19182 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
19183 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
19184 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
19185 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
19187 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
19189 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
19190 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
19194 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
19195 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
19196 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
19197 can handle, whenever this is possible.
19198 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
19200 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
19202 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
19203 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
19204 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
19205 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
19206 in the variable `values'.
19208 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
19210 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
19211 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
19212 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
19213 Ignores leading comment characters.
19219 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
19220 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
19221 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
19222 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
19223 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
19224 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
19225 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
19226 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
19227 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
19228 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
19229 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
19230 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
19231 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
19232 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
19233 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
19234 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
19235 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
19236 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
19237 ;;;;;; (17141 22904))
19238 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
19240 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
19241 Activate the printing interface buffer.
19243 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
19245 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
19247 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
19249 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
19250 Preview directory using ghostview.
19252 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19253 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19254 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19255 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19257 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19258 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19259 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19260 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19261 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19264 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19266 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19268 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19269 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
19271 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19272 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19273 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19274 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19276 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19277 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19278 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19279 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19280 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19283 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19285 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19287 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
19288 Print directory using PostScript printer.
19290 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19291 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19292 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19293 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19295 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19296 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19297 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19298 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19299 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19302 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19304 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19306 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
19307 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
19309 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
19311 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
19312 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19313 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
19314 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19316 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
19317 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
19318 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
19319 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19320 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
19323 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19325 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19327 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
19328 Preview buffer using ghostview.
19330 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19331 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19332 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19334 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19335 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
19336 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
19337 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19339 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19341 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19342 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
19344 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19345 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19346 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19348 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19349 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
19350 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
19351 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19353 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19355 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
19356 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
19358 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19359 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19360 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19362 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19363 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
19364 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
19365 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19367 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19369 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
19370 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
19372 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
19374 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
19375 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
19376 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19378 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19379 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
19380 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
19381 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
19383 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19385 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
19386 Preview region using ghostview.
19388 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
19390 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19392 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19393 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
19395 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
19397 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19399 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
19400 Print region using PostScript printer.
19402 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
19404 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19406 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
19407 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
19409 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
19411 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19413 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
19414 Preview major mode using ghostview.
19416 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
19418 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19420 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19421 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
19423 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
19425 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19427 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
19428 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
19430 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
19432 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19434 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
19435 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
19437 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
19439 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19441 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
19442 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
19443 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
19444 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
19446 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
19449 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
19450 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
19452 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19454 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
19456 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
19457 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
19458 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
19459 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
19463 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
19464 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
19465 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
19466 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
19470 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
19471 Print directory using text printer.
19473 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
19476 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
19477 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
19479 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
19481 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
19483 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
19484 Print buffer using text printer.
19488 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
19489 Print region using text printer.
19493 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
19494 Print major mode using text printer.
19498 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
19499 Preview spooled PostScript.
19501 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19502 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19503 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
19505 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19506 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
19507 PostScript image in a file with that name.
19509 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19511 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19512 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
19514 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19515 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19516 instead of sending it to the printer.
19518 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19519 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19520 image in a file with that name.
19522 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19524 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
19525 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
19527 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19528 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19529 instead of sending it to the printer.
19531 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19532 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19533 image in a file with that name.
19535 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19537 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
19538 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
19540 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19541 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
19542 instead of sending it to the printer.
19544 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
19545 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
19546 image in a file with that name.
19548 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
19550 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
19551 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
19553 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19555 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
19556 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
19558 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
19560 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19561 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
19563 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19565 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
19566 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
19568 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19570 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
19571 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
19573 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19575 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
19576 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
19578 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
19579 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
19580 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
19581 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19583 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
19584 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
19585 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
19586 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
19587 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
19588 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
19591 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
19593 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
19594 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
19598 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
19599 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
19601 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
19603 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
19608 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
19609 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
19613 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
19614 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
19618 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
19619 Toggle printing with faces.
19623 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
19628 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
19633 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
19636 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
19638 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
19643 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
19648 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
19649 Toggle upside-down.
19653 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
19654 Toggle line number.
19658 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
19659 Toggle zebra stripes.
19663 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
19664 Toggle printing header.
19668 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
19669 Toggle printing header frame.
19673 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
19678 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
19679 Toggle auto region.
19683 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
19688 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
19689 Customization of the `printing' group.
19691 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19693 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
19694 Customization of the `lpr' group.
19696 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19698 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
19699 Help for the printing package.
19701 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19703 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
19704 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
19708 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
19709 Interactively select a text printer.
19713 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
19714 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
19718 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
19719 Show current ps-print settings.
19721 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19723 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
19724 Show current printing settings.
19726 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19728 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
19729 Show current lpr settings.
19731 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19733 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
19734 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
19736 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
19737 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
19738 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
19739 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
19742 Interactively, you have the following situations:
19744 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19745 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
19746 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
19748 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19749 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19750 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
19751 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
19752 current active printer.
19754 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19755 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
19756 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
19759 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
19760 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
19761 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
19762 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
19763 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
19766 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
19767 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
19769 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
19771 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
19772 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
19773 be done using the new current active printer.
19775 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
19776 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
19779 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
19780 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
19781 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
19782 instead of sending it to the printer.
19784 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
19785 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
19788 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
19791 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
19794 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
19796 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
19797 Fast fire function for text printing.
19799 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
19800 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
19801 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
19802 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
19804 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
19805 user for a new active text printer.
19807 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
19809 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
19811 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
19812 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
19815 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
19817 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
19820 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
19824 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
19825 ;;;;;; (17134 4639))
19826 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
19828 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
19829 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
19830 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
19832 \\{prolog-mode-map}
19833 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
19834 if that value is non-nil.
19838 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
19839 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
19845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17127 36411))
19846 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
19848 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
19849 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
19850 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
19854 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17134
19856 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
19858 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
19859 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
19861 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
19863 The following variables hold user options, and can
19864 be set through the `customize' command:
19866 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
19868 `ps-mode-paper-size'
19869 `ps-mode-print-function'
19871 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
19875 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
19878 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
19884 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
19885 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
19886 The keymap for this second window is:
19888 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
19891 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
19892 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
19893 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
19894 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
19895 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
19901 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
19902 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
19903 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
19904 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17141 22908))
19905 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
19907 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
19908 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
19912 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
19913 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
19914 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
19915 changed by setting the variable
19916 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
19917 The initial value of this variable is
19918 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
19921 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
19922 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
19923 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
19924 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
19925 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
19926 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
19929 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
19930 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
19931 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
19932 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
19933 source file. BDF fonts are included in
19934 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
19935 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
19936 use this value, be sure to have installed
19937 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
19938 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
19939 documentation of this variable).
19941 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
19942 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
19943 characters. This is convenient when you want or
19944 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
19945 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
19946 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
19948 Any other value is treated as nil.")
19950 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
19952 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
19953 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
19954 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
19956 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19958 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
19963 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
19964 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
19966 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
19968 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
19972 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
19974 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
19977 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
19979 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
19980 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
19982 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
19985 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
19989 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
19991 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
19994 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
19996 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
19997 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
20001 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
20002 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
20003 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
20005 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
20007 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
20008 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
20009 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
20011 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
20013 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
20020 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
20021 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
20022 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
20023 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
20024 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
20025 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (17141
20027 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
20029 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
20030 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
20031 See `ps-paper-type'.")
20033 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
20035 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
20036 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
20037 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
20038 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
20040 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
20042 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
20043 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
20047 nil Do not print colors.
20051 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
20052 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
20054 Any other value is treated as t.")
20056 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
20058 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
20059 Customization of ps-print group.
20063 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20064 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20066 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
20067 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
20068 sending it to the printer.
20070 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20071 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20072 image in a file with that name.
20074 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20076 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20077 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
20078 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20079 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20080 so it has a way to determine color values.
20082 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20084 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
20085 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20086 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
20088 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20090 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20091 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
20092 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20093 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20094 so it has a way to determine color values.
20096 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20098 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20099 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
20100 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
20101 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
20103 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20107 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20108 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
20109 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20110 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20111 so it has a way to determine color values.
20113 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20117 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
20118 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
20119 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
20121 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20123 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
20125 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
20126 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
20127 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
20128 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
20129 so it has a way to determine color values.
20131 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
20133 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
20135 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
20136 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20138 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
20139 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20140 instead of sending it to the printer.
20142 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20143 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20144 image in a file with that name.
20146 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20148 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
20149 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
20150 Done using the current ps-print setup.
20151 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
20152 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
20156 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
20157 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
20158 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
20160 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
20162 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
20163 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
20164 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
20166 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
20168 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
20169 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
20173 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
20174 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
20176 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
20177 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
20179 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
20180 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
20182 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
20184 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
20186 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
20188 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
20189 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
20191 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
20192 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
20194 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
20195 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
20197 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
20199 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
20201 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
20203 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
20204 foreground and background colors respectively.
20206 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
20207 bold - use bold font.
20208 italic - use italic font.
20209 underline - put a line under text.
20210 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
20211 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
20212 shadow - text will have a shadow.
20213 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
20214 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
20216 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
20218 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
20222 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
20223 ;;;;;; (17097 30752))
20224 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
20226 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
20228 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
20230 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
20232 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
20233 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
20234 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
20235 buffer automatically.
20236 If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to
20237 that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit the initial
20238 command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args will be added
20239 to this as appropriate. Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook'
20240 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
20241 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
20243 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil)
20245 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
20246 Major mode for editing Python files.
20247 Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct
20248 parsing of the source.
20249 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
20250 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
20251 commands for running Python under Emacs.
20253 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
20254 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
20255 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
20256 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
20257 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
20258 \\<python-mode-map>
20259 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
20260 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
20261 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
20262 deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
20263 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
20264 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
20266 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multiline strings appropriately, but has no
20267 effect outside them.
20269 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
20270 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
20271 lines count as headers.
20273 \\{python-mode-map}
20277 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
20278 Major mode for editing Jython files.
20279 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
20280 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
20286 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
20287 ;;;;;; (17141 6833))
20288 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
20290 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
20291 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
20292 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
20295 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
20296 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
20298 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
20299 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
20300 them into characters should be done separately.
20302 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
20306 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
20307 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
20308 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
20309 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
20310 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17097 30282))
20311 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
20313 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
20314 Return the title of the current Quail package.
20318 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
20319 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
20320 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
20322 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
20323 `quail-activate', which see.
20325 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
20327 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
20328 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
20329 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
20330 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
20331 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
20332 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
20333 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
20335 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
20336 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
20337 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
20338 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
20339 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
20341 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
20343 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
20344 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
20345 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
20346 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
20347 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
20348 list of candidates.
20350 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
20351 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
20352 command to be called.
20354 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
20355 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
20356 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
20357 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
20359 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
20360 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
20361 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
20362 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
20363 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
20366 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
20367 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
20368 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
20369 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
20371 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
20372 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
20373 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
20374 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
20376 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
20377 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
20378 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
20379 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
20380 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
20381 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
20383 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
20384 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
20385 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
20386 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
20387 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
20388 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
20390 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
20391 covers Quail translation region.
20393 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
20394 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
20395 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
20396 for it) is inserted.
20398 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
20399 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
20400 vs. corresponding command to be called.
20402 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
20403 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
20404 non-Quail commands.
20406 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
20408 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
20409 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
20411 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
20412 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
20413 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
20414 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
20415 you type is correctly handled.
20417 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
20419 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
20420 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
20422 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
20425 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
20427 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
20428 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
20429 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
20430 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
20431 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
20432 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
20433 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
20434 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
20435 for the translation.
20436 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
20438 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
20439 it is used to handle KEY.
20441 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
20442 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
20443 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
20444 the following annotation types are supported.
20446 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
20447 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
20449 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
20452 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
20453 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
20454 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
20457 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
20458 generated for the following translations.
20460 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
20462 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
20463 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
20465 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
20466 which to install MAP.
20468 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
20470 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
20472 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
20473 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
20475 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
20476 which to install MAP.
20478 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
20480 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
20482 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
20483 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
20484 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
20485 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
20486 a function, or a cons.
20487 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
20488 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
20489 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
20490 for the translation.
20491 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
20492 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
20493 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
20494 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
20495 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
20497 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
20498 it is used to handle KEY.
20500 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
20501 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
20502 current Quail package.
20504 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
20505 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
20507 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
20509 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
20510 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
20512 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
20513 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
20515 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
20517 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
20518 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
20520 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
20522 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
20523 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
20524 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
20525 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
20526 of the Emacs source tree.
20528 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
20529 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
20531 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
20532 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
20535 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
20539 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
20540 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
20541 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17134
20543 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
20545 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
20546 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
20547 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
20548 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
20550 To make use of this do something like:
20552 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
20554 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
20556 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
20557 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
20559 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
20560 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
20561 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
20563 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
20565 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
20566 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
20568 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
20570 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
20571 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
20573 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
20576 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
20578 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
20579 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
20581 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
20582 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
20583 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
20585 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
20587 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
20588 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
20590 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
20592 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
20593 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
20597 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
20598 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
20600 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
20602 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
20606 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
20607 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
20613 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17134
20615 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
20617 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
20618 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
20621 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
20625 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
20627 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
20629 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
20631 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
20632 Construct a regexp interactively.
20638 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17141 22921))
20639 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
20641 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
20642 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
20643 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
20644 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20645 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
20647 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
20649 (put (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
20651 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
20652 Toggle recentf mode.
20653 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
20654 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
20656 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
20657 that were operated on recently.
20659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20663 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
20664 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
20665 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
20666 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17141
20668 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
20670 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
20671 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
20672 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
20673 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
20675 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
20677 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
20679 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
20680 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
20681 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
20682 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
20685 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20686 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
20689 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20691 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
20692 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
20693 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
20695 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20696 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
20699 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
20701 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
20702 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
20703 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
20705 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
20707 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
20708 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
20710 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20711 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
20713 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
20716 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20718 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
20719 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
20723 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
20724 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
20725 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
20726 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
20727 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
20728 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
20729 and point is at the lower right corner.
20731 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
20733 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
20734 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
20736 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
20737 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
20739 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20740 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
20741 on the right side of the rectangle.
20743 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20745 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
20747 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
20748 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
20749 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
20750 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
20751 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
20753 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20754 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
20756 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20758 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
20759 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
20760 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
20762 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
20764 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
20766 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
20768 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
20769 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
20771 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20772 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
20773 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
20775 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
20777 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
20778 Blank out the region-rectangle.
20779 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
20781 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
20782 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
20783 rectangle which were empty.
20785 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
20789 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17141
20791 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
20793 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
20794 Toggle Refill minor mode.
20795 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
20797 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
20798 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
20799 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
20801 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20805 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
20806 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17141 212))
20807 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
20809 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
20810 Turn on RefTeX mode.
20814 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
20815 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
20817 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
20818 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
20820 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
20821 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
20822 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
20825 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
20826 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
20827 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
20829 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
20830 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
20831 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
20833 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
20834 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
20836 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
20837 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
20839 \\{reftex-mode-map}
20840 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
20843 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
20845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20847 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
20848 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
20849 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
20855 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
20856 ;;;;;; (17141 169))
20857 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
20859 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
20860 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
20861 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
20862 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
20863 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
20864 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
20866 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
20868 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
20870 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
20871 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
20872 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
20873 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
20874 `reftex-cite-format'.
20876 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
20877 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
20878 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
20879 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
20881 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
20885 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
20886 ;;;;;; (17141 170))
20887 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
20889 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
20890 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
20891 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
20892 the current TeX document.
20894 With no argument, this command toggles
20895 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
20896 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
20898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20902 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
20903 ;;;;;; (17141 177))
20904 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
20906 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
20907 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
20908 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
20910 To insert new phrases, use
20911 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
20912 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
20914 To index phrases use one of:
20916 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
20917 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
20918 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
20919 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
20920 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
20922 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
20923 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
20925 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
20927 Here are all local bindings.
20929 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
20935 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
20936 ;;;;;; (17141 184))
20937 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
20939 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
20940 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
20941 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
20944 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
20948 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
20950 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
20952 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
20953 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
20954 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
20955 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
20956 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
20957 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
20959 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
20960 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
20962 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
20965 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
20967 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
20968 Return the depth of REGEXP.
20969 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
20970 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
20972 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
20976 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17141 22924))
20977 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
20979 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
20980 Repeat most recently executed command.
20981 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
20982 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
20983 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
20985 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
20986 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
20987 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
20989 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
20993 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
20994 ;;;;;; (17144 6941))
20995 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
20997 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
20998 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
21000 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
21001 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
21002 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
21003 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
21004 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
21005 and point is left after the salutation.
21007 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
21008 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
21009 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
21010 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
21011 left after that text.
21013 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
21016 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
21017 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
21018 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
21019 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
21021 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
21025 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
21026 ;;;;;; (17141 22927))
21027 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
21029 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
21030 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
21031 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
21032 visibility of comments that precede it.
21033 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
21034 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
21035 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
21036 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
21037 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
21038 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
21039 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
21040 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
21042 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
21043 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
21044 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
21045 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
21046 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
21048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21049 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
21053 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17141
21055 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
21057 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
21058 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
21064 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
21065 ;;;;;; (17141 22927))
21066 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
21068 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
21069 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
21070 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
21072 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
21073 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
21074 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
21076 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21078 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
21079 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
21080 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21081 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21082 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
21084 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
21086 (put (quote global-reveal-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21088 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
21089 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
21090 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
21092 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
21093 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
21094 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
21096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21100 ;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
21101 ;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
21102 ;;;;;; (17141 22927))
21103 ;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
21105 (defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
21106 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
21107 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
21108 If emacs is not running under a window system,
21109 `file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
21111 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
21113 (defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
21114 Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
21115 Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
21116 is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
21117 system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
21119 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
21121 (defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
21122 Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
21123 See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21124 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21125 use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
21127 (custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
21129 (put (quote file-name-shadow-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
21131 (autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
21132 Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
21133 When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
21134 that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
21135 `substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
21136 `file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
21137 that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
21139 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
21140 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
21142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21146 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
21148 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
21150 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
21151 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
21155 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
21156 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
21158 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
21162 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17134 16288))
21163 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
21164 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
21166 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
21167 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
21168 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
21169 other arguments for `rlogin'.
21171 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
21173 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
21174 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
21175 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
21176 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
21178 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
21179 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
21181 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
21182 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
21184 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
21185 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
21188 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
21189 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
21190 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
21191 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
21192 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
21194 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
21195 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
21196 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
21197 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
21199 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
21200 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
21203 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21207 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
21208 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
21209 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
21210 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
21211 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
21212 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
21213 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (17146
21215 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
21217 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
21218 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
21219 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
21221 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
21223 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
21224 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
21225 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
21226 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
21228 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
21230 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
21231 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
21232 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
21233 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
21234 value is the user's email address and name.)
21235 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
21237 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:\\|^x-mailman-copy:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:\\|^x-archive:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization\\|^resent-openpgp" "\\|^openpgp:\\|^x-request-pgp:\\|^x-original.*:" "\\|^x-virus-scanned:\\|^x-spam-[^s].*:") "\
21238 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
21239 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
21240 which normally happens once for each message,
21241 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
21242 To make a change in this variable take effect
21243 for a message that you have already viewed,
21244 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
21246 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
21248 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
21249 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
21250 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
21251 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
21253 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
21255 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
21256 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
21258 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
21260 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
21261 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
21262 A value of nil means don't highlight.
21263 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
21265 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
21267 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
21268 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
21270 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
21272 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
21273 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
21275 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
21277 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
21278 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
21279 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
21280 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
21281 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
21283 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
21285 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
21286 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
21287 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
21288 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
21290 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
21292 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
21293 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
21295 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
21297 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
21298 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
21300 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
21302 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
21303 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
21305 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
21307 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
21308 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
21310 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
21311 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
21313 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
21314 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
21316 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
21318 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
21319 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
21321 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
21322 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
21323 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
21324 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
21326 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
21327 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
21329 This is set to nil by default.")
21331 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
21332 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
21333 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
21334 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
21335 until a user explicitly requires it.")
21337 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
21339 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
21340 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
21341 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21342 It is called with no argument.")
21344 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
21345 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
21346 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
21347 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
21348 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
21349 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
21350 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
21352 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
21353 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
21354 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21355 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
21356 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
21357 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
21359 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
21360 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
21361 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21362 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
21363 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
21365 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
21366 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
21367 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
21368 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
21369 MSG is the message number,
21370 REGEXP is the regular expression,
21371 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
21373 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
21374 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
21375 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
21376 this feature is required with `require'.")
21378 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
21379 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
21380 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
21381 the message is decoded as normal way.
21383 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
21384 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
21385 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
21387 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?" "\
21388 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
21389 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
21391 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
21392 Read and edit incoming mail.
21393 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
21394 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
21395 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
21397 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
21398 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
21399 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
21400 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
21402 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
21404 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
21406 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
21407 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
21408 All normal editing commands are turned off.
21409 Instead, these commands are available:
21411 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
21412 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
21413 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
21414 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
21415 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
21416 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
21417 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
21418 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
21419 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
21420 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
21421 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
21422 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
21423 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
21424 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
21425 till a deleted message is found.
21426 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
21427 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
21428 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
21429 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
21430 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
21431 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
21432 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
21433 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
21434 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
21435 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
21436 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
21437 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
21438 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
21439 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
21440 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
21441 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
21442 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
21443 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
21444 (label defaults to last one specified).
21445 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
21446 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
21447 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
21448 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
21449 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
21450 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
21451 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
21452 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
21453 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
21457 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
21458 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
21460 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21462 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
21463 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
21465 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
21469 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
21470 ;;;;;; (17141 4160))
21471 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
21473 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
21474 Edit the contents of this message.
21480 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
21481 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
21482 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17141 4160))
21483 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
21485 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
21486 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
21487 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
21489 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
21491 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
21492 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
21493 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
21495 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
21497 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
21500 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
21502 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
21503 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
21504 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
21505 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
21506 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
21508 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
21510 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
21511 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
21512 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
21513 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
21514 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
21516 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
21520 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
21521 ;;;;;; (17141 4160))
21522 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
21524 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
21525 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
21526 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
21527 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
21529 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
21533 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
21534 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
21535 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17141 4160))
21536 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
21538 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
21539 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
21540 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
21541 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
21542 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
21543 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
21544 a file name as a string.")
21546 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
21548 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
21549 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
21550 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
21551 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
21552 buffer visiting that file.
21553 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
21554 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
21556 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
21557 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
21559 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
21560 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
21562 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
21563 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
21565 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
21567 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
21568 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
21570 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
21572 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
21573 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
21574 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
21575 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
21576 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
21578 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
21579 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
21580 will be appended with their original headers.
21582 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
21583 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
21585 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
21586 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
21588 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
21590 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
21592 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
21593 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
21594 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
21596 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
21600 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
21601 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
21602 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17141
21604 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
21606 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
21607 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
21608 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21610 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21612 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
21613 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
21614 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21616 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21618 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
21619 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
21620 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21622 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21624 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
21625 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
21626 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21628 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21630 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
21631 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
21632 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21634 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21636 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
21637 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
21638 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21640 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
21642 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
21643 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
21644 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
21645 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
21647 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
21651 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
21652 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
21653 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
21654 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
21655 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17141 4162))
21656 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
21658 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
21659 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
21661 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
21663 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
21664 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
21666 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
21668 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
21669 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
21673 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
21674 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
21675 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
21677 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
21679 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
21680 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
21681 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
21682 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
21683 only look in the To and From fields.
21684 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
21686 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
21688 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
21689 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
21690 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
21691 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
21692 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
21694 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
21696 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
21697 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
21698 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
21699 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
21700 look in the whole message.
21701 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
21703 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
21705 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
21706 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
21707 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
21709 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
21711 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
21712 *Function to decode summary-line.
21714 By default, `identity' is set.")
21716 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
21718 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
21719 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
21720 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
21721 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
21722 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
21723 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
21724 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
21726 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
21727 sent by you under different user names.
21728 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
21730 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
21732 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
21736 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
21738 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
21740 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
21741 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
21742 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
21743 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
21745 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
21749 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
21750 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17141 22928))
21751 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
21753 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
21754 Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
21756 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
21758 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
21759 Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
21761 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21763 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
21764 Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
21766 \(fn START END)" t nil)
21768 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
21769 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
21770 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
21772 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
21773 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
21776 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
21780 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
21781 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
21787 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
21788 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
21789 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
21790 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
21792 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
21794 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
21795 *This variable is obsolete.")
21797 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
21799 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
21800 *This variable is obsolete.")
21802 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
21804 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
21805 *This variable is obsolete.")
21807 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
21809 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
21810 *This variable is obsolete.")
21812 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
21814 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
21815 *This variable is obsolete.")
21817 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
21819 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
21820 *This variable is obsolete.")
21822 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
21824 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
21825 This function is obsolete.
21827 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
21831 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17097
21833 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
21835 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
21836 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
21838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21842 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17141
21844 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
21846 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
21847 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
21848 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
21849 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
21851 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
21853 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
21854 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
21855 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
21856 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
21858 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
21862 matches string STRING literally.
21865 matches character CHAR literally.
21867 `not-newline', `nonl'
21868 matches any character except a newline.
21871 matches any character
21876 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
21877 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
21878 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
21880 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
21881 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
21882 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
21883 `word', or one of their synonyms.
21885 `(not (any SET ...))'
21886 matches any character not in SET ...
21888 `line-start', `bol'
21889 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
21890 in the text being matched
21893 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
21895 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
21896 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
21897 string being matched against.
21899 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
21900 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
21901 string being matched against.
21904 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
21905 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
21908 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
21909 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
21912 matches the empty string, but only at point.
21914 `word-start', `bow'
21915 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
21919 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
21922 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
21925 `(not word-boundary)'
21926 `not-word-boundary'
21927 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
21930 `digit', `numeric', `num'
21931 matches 0 through 9.
21934 matches ASCII control characters.
21936 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
21937 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
21940 matches space and tab only.
21943 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
21946 `printing', `print'
21947 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
21950 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
21951 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
21952 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
21954 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
21955 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
21956 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
21959 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
21962 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
21964 `lower', `lower-case'
21965 matches anything lower-case.
21967 `upper', `upper-case'
21968 matches anything upper-case.
21970 `punctuation', `punct'
21971 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
21972 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
21974 `space', `whitespace', `white'
21975 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
21978 matches anything that has word syntax.
21981 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
21984 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
21985 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
21986 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
21988 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
21989 `punctuation' (\\s.)
21992 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
21993 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
21994 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
21995 `string-quote' (\\s\")
21996 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
21998 `character-quote' (\\s/)
21999 `comment-start' (\\s<)
22000 `comment-end' (\\s>)
22001 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
22002 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
22004 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
22005 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
22007 `(category CATEGORY)'
22008 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
22009 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
22011 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
22012 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
22013 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
22014 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
22018 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
22019 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
22020 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
22021 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
22022 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
22023 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
22024 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
22025 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
22026 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
22027 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
22028 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
22029 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
22030 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
22031 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
22040 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
22044 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
22046 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
22051 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
22052 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
22054 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22055 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22056 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22057 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22058 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
22060 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22061 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22062 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
22063 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
22065 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22066 another name for `submatch'.
22068 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22069 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
22070 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
22071 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
22072 regular expression.
22074 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
22075 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
22076 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
22077 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
22078 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
22080 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
22081 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
22083 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
22084 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
22086 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
22088 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
22091 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
22092 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
22095 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
22096 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
22098 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
22100 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
22103 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
22106 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
22108 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
22109 `(optional SEXP ...)'
22111 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
22114 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
22117 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
22121 matches N occurrences.
22124 matches N or more occurrences.
22126 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
22127 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
22128 matches N to M occurrences.
22131 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22134 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22137 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
22140 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
22144 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
22146 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
22150 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
22151 ;;;;;; (17134 4642))
22152 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
22154 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
22155 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
22156 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
22158 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
22159 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
22160 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
22161 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
22162 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
22163 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
22164 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
22165 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
22168 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22169 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
22170 \\{scheme-mode-map}
22171 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
22172 if that value is non-nil.
22176 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
22177 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
22178 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
22181 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22182 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
22183 \\{scheme-mode-map}
22184 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
22185 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
22186 that variable's value is a string.
22192 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
22193 ;;;;;; (17141 6834))
22194 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
22196 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
22197 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
22198 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
22200 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
22206 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17141
22208 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
22210 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
22211 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
22212 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
22213 \\{scribe-mode-map}
22215 Interesting variables:
22217 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
22218 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
22220 `scribe-electric-quote'
22221 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
22223 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
22224 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
22225 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
22231 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
22232 ;;;;;; (17141 22930))
22233 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
22235 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
22236 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
22237 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22238 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22239 use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
22241 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
22243 (put (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
22245 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
22246 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
22247 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
22248 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
22249 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
22251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22255 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
22256 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-citation-hook
22257 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
22258 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
22259 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
22260 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
22261 ;;;;;; (17144 6947))
22262 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
22264 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
22265 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
22267 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
22269 If `parens', they look like:
22270 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
22271 If `angles', they look like:
22272 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
22273 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
22274 derived from the envelope-from address.
22276 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
22277 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
22278 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
22279 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
22281 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
22283 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
22284 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
22285 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
22286 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
22288 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
22289 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
22290 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
22291 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
22293 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
22295 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
22296 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
22297 This is done when the message is initialized,
22298 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
22300 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
22302 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
22303 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
22304 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
22306 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
22308 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:\\|^mail-reply-to:\\|^mail-followup-to:" "\
22309 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
22311 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
22313 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
22314 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
22315 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
22316 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
22317 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
22318 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
22319 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
22321 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
22323 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
22324 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
22326 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
22328 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
22329 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
22330 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
22332 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
22334 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
22335 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
22336 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
22337 when you first send mail.")
22339 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
22341 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
22342 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
22343 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
22344 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
22345 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
22347 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
22349 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
22350 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
22351 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
22352 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
22353 This file need not actually exist.")
22355 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
22357 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
22358 *Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
22359 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
22360 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
22361 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
22362 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
22363 in the cited portion of the message.
22365 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
22366 instead of no action.")
22368 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail")
22370 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
22371 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
22372 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
22373 If a string, that string is inserted.
22374 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
22375 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
22376 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
22377 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
22379 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
22381 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
22382 *Directory for mail buffers.
22383 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
22384 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
22386 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
22388 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
22389 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
22390 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
22391 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
22392 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
22393 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
22394 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
22395 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
22396 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
22397 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
22398 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
22399 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
22400 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
22401 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
22402 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
22403 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
22404 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
22408 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
22409 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
22411 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
22412 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
22414 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail")
22416 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
22417 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
22418 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
22419 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
22420 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
22421 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
22423 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
22424 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
22425 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
22427 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
22428 User should not set this variable manually,
22429 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
22430 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
22431 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
22432 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
22434 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
22435 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
22436 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
22437 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
22439 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
22440 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
22443 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
22445 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
22446 to move to message header fields:
22449 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
22450 when the message is initialized.
22452 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
22453 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
22455 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
22458 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
22459 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
22461 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
22462 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
22464 The second through fifth arguments,
22465 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
22466 the initial contents of those header fields.
22467 These arguments should not have final newlines.
22468 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
22469 original message being replied to, or else an action
22470 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
22471 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
22472 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
22473 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
22474 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
22475 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
22477 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
22479 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
22480 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
22482 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
22484 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
22485 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
22487 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
22491 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
22492 ;;;;;; (17141 22933))
22493 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
22495 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
22496 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
22497 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
22498 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
22499 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
22500 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
22502 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
22504 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
22506 (defvar server-mode nil "\
22507 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
22508 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
22509 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22510 use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
22512 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
22514 (put (quote server-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
22516 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
22517 Toggle Server mode.
22518 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
22519 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
22520 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
22522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22526 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17141 22939))
22527 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
22529 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
22530 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
22531 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
22535 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
22536 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
22537 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
22538 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
22544 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
22545 ;;;;;; (17141 218))
22546 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
22548 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
22549 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
22551 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
22554 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
22555 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
22556 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
22558 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
22559 your `.emacs' file.
22561 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
22563 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
22564 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
22569 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
22571 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
22572 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
22573 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
22574 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
22575 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
22576 which this is based.
22578 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
22580 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
22581 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
22582 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
22583 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
22585 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
22586 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
22587 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
22589 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
22590 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
22591 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
22592 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
22594 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
22595 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
22596 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
22597 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
22599 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
22601 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
22602 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
22603 To work around that, do:
22604 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
22612 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
22613 ;;;;;; (17109 3772))
22614 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
22616 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
22617 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
22618 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
22619 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
22620 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
22621 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
22623 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
22624 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
22625 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
22626 shell-specific features.
22628 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
22629 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
22630 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
22632 \\[sh-case] case statement
22633 \\[sh-for] for loop
22634 \\[sh-function] function definition
22635 \\[sh-if] if statement
22636 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
22637 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
22638 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
22639 \\[sh-select] select loop
22640 \\[sh-until] until loop
22641 \\[sh-while] while loop
22643 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
22644 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
22645 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
22646 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
22647 would indent to the way it currently is.
22648 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
22649 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
22652 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
22653 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
22654 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
22655 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
22656 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
22657 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
22659 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
22661 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
22663 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
22664 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
22665 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
22667 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
22668 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
22672 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
22676 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17141 6836))
22677 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
22679 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
22680 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
22681 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
22682 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
22683 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
22684 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
22686 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
22690 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
22692 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
22694 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
22695 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
22697 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
22698 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
22699 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
22700 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
22703 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
22705 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
22707 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
22708 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
22709 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
22711 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
22712 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
22714 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
22715 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
22716 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
22717 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
22718 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
22719 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
22720 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
22723 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
22724 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
22725 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
22726 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
22727 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
22729 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
22730 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
22731 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
22737 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
22738 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17141
22740 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
22742 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
22743 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
22744 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
22745 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
22746 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
22747 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
22752 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
22753 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
22754 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
22755 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
22756 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
22760 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
22761 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
22762 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
22763 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
22764 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
22765 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
22766 `shadow-define-cluster').
22770 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
22771 Set up file shadowing.
22777 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
22778 ;;;;;; (17141 22941))
22779 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
22781 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
22782 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
22783 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
22784 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
22785 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
22788 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
22790 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
22791 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
22792 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
22793 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
22794 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
22795 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
22796 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
22797 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
22798 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
22799 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
22800 discards input when it starts up.)
22801 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
22802 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
22803 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
22805 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
22806 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
22807 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
22808 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
22809 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
22810 `default-process-coding-system'.
22812 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
22813 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
22814 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
22815 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
22817 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
22819 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22820 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
22824 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
22825 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17141 6839))
22826 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
22828 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
22831 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
22833 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
22836 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22838 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
22841 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
22845 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
22846 ;;;;;; (17141 6839))
22847 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
22849 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
22850 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
22851 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
22852 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
22853 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
22855 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
22861 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17134
22863 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
22865 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
22866 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
22867 \\{simula-mode-map}
22868 Variables controlling indentation style:
22869 `simula-tab-always-indent'
22870 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
22871 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
22872 `simula-indent-level'
22873 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
22874 `simula-substatement-offset'
22875 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
22876 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
22877 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
22878 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
22879 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
22880 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
22881 `simula-label-offset' -4711
22882 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
22883 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
22884 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
22885 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
22886 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
22887 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
22888 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
22889 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
22890 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
22891 `simula-electric-indent' nil
22892 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
22893 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
22894 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
22895 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
22896 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
22897 or nil if they should not be changed.
22898 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
22899 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
22900 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
22901 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
22903 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
22904 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
22910 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
22911 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17141 22955))
22912 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
22914 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
22915 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
22917 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
22918 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
22919 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
22920 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
22922 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
22924 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
22926 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
22927 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
22928 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
22929 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
22930 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
22932 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
22933 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
22935 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
22937 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
22938 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
22940 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
22941 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
22942 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
22943 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
22945 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
22946 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
22947 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
22948 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
22950 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
22951 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
22952 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
22954 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
22955 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
22957 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
22958 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
22960 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
22961 _ interesting point, interregion here
22962 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
22963 interesting point set by _
22964 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
22965 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
22966 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
22967 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
22968 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
22969 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
22972 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
22973 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
22975 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
22976 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
22977 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
22978 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
22979 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
22980 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
22981 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
22982 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
22984 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
22985 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
22986 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
22987 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
22988 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
22991 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
22992 then: insert previously read string once more
22993 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
22994 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
22995 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
22997 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
22998 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
23000 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
23002 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
23003 Insert the character you type ARG times.
23005 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
23006 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
23007 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
23008 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
23009 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
23012 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
23013 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
23014 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
23020 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
23021 ;;;;;; (17141 22955))
23022 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
23024 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
23025 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
23026 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
23029 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
23031 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
23032 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
23033 \\{smerge-mode-map}
23035 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23039 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
23040 ;;;;;; (17141 6839))
23041 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
23043 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
23044 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
23045 A list of images is returned.
23047 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23049 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
23050 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
23051 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
23053 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23057 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
23058 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17114 31645))
23059 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
23061 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
23066 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
23067 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
23073 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17134 16334))
23074 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
23076 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
23077 Play the Snake game.
23078 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
23080 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
23082 Snake mode keybindings:
23084 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
23085 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
23086 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
23087 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
23088 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
23089 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
23090 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
23096 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
23097 ;;;;;; (17134 16291))
23098 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
23100 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
23101 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
23102 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
23103 Tab indents for C code.
23104 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
23105 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23107 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
23112 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
23113 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
23114 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
23115 Tab indents for C code.
23116 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
23117 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23119 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
23120 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
23126 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
23127 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
23128 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17097 30014))
23129 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
23131 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
23132 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
23134 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
23135 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
23136 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
23138 For example, the form
23140 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
23141 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
23143 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
23145 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
23147 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
23148 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
23150 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
23151 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
23152 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
23155 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
23157 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
23159 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
23160 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
23162 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
23163 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
23164 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
23167 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
23169 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
23171 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
23172 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
23173 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
23176 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
23178 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
23180 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
23181 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
23182 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
23184 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
23185 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
23187 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
23189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23191 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
23192 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
23193 Requires floating point.
23199 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17134
23201 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
23203 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
23206 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
23207 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
23208 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
23209 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
23210 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
23211 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
23212 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
23213 check after each move or undo)
23217 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
23218 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
23219 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
23238 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
23239 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
23240 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
23241 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
23243 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
23244 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
23245 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
23248 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
23249 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
23251 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
23267 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
23269 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
23275 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
23276 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
23277 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17141 22957))
23278 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
23280 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
23281 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
23283 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
23284 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
23285 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
23286 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
23289 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
23290 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
23291 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23294 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
23295 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
23297 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
23298 It moves point to the start of the next record.
23299 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
23300 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
23303 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
23304 It should move point to the end of the record.
23306 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
23307 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
23308 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
23309 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
23310 starts at the beginning of the record.
23312 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
23313 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
23316 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
23317 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
23319 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
23321 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
23322 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
23323 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23324 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
23325 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23328 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
23330 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
23331 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
23332 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23333 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
23334 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23337 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
23339 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
23340 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
23341 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23342 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
23343 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23346 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
23348 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
23349 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
23350 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
23351 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
23352 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
23353 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
23354 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
23355 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23356 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
23358 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
23360 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
23361 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
23362 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
23363 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
23364 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
23365 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
23366 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23369 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
23371 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
23372 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
23373 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
23374 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
23375 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
23376 is to be used for sorting.
23377 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
23378 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
23379 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
23380 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
23381 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
23383 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
23385 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23388 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
23389 starting with the letter \"f\",
23390 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
23392 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
23394 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
23395 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
23396 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
23397 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
23398 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
23399 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
23400 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
23403 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
23404 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
23405 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
23406 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
23407 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
23409 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
23411 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
23412 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
23413 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
23415 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
23419 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17141
23421 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
23423 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
23424 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
23430 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
23431 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
23432 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17141 6839))
23433 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
23435 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
23436 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
23438 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
23439 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
23440 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
23442 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
23444 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
23445 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
23446 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
23449 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
23451 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
23452 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
23453 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
23455 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
23457 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
23458 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
23459 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
23460 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
23465 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
23466 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
23467 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
23468 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
23474 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
23475 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17141 22965))
23476 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
23478 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
23480 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
23481 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
23482 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
23483 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
23484 supported at a time.
23485 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
23486 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
23488 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23490 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
23491 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
23492 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
23493 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
23499 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
23500 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17141 218))
23501 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
23503 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
23505 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
23506 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
23507 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
23508 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
23509 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
23510 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
23514 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
23515 Check spelling of word at or before point.
23516 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
23517 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
23521 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
23522 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
23523 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
23524 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
23525 for example, \"word\".
23527 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
23529 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
23530 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
23532 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23536 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17134
23538 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
23540 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
23541 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
23545 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
23546 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
23552 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
23553 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
23554 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
23555 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17144
23557 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
23559 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
23560 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
23562 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
23563 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
23564 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
23565 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
23566 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
23567 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
23568 of the current highlighting list.
23572 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
23573 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
23575 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
23576 `_t' as data types.
23578 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
23580 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
23581 Show short help for the SQL modes.
23583 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
23584 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
23586 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
23588 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
23589 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
23590 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
23592 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
23594 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
23595 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
23596 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
23597 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
23598 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
23599 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
23601 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
23602 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
23604 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
23606 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
23607 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
23608 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
23609 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
23611 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
23612 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
23613 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
23614 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
23616 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
23617 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
23618 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
23622 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
23623 Major mode to edit SQL.
23625 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
23626 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
23627 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
23630 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
23632 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
23633 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
23634 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
23635 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
23636 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
23637 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
23639 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
23640 `sql-interactive-mode'.
23642 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
23643 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
23644 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
23646 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
23648 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
23652 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
23653 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
23655 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23656 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23659 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23661 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
23663 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
23664 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
23666 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23667 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23670 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
23671 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
23672 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
23673 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
23675 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23676 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23678 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23679 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23680 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23681 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23682 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23683 `default-process-coding-system'.
23685 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23689 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
23690 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
23692 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23693 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23696 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
23697 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
23698 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
23699 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
23701 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23702 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23704 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23705 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23706 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23707 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23708 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23709 `default-process-coding-system'.
23711 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23715 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
23716 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
23718 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23719 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23722 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
23723 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
23725 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23726 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23728 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23729 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23730 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23731 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23732 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23733 `default-process-coding-system'.
23735 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23739 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
23740 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
23742 SQLite is free software.
23744 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23745 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23748 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
23749 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
23750 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
23751 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
23753 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23754 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23756 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23757 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23758 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23759 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23760 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23761 `default-process-coding-system'.
23763 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23767 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
23768 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
23770 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
23772 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23773 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23776 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
23777 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
23778 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
23779 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
23781 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23782 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23784 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23785 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23786 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23787 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23788 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23789 `default-process-coding-system'.
23791 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23795 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
23796 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
23798 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23799 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23802 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
23803 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
23806 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23807 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23809 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23810 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23811 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23812 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23813 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23814 `default-process-coding-system'.
23816 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23820 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
23821 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
23823 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23824 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23827 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
23828 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
23830 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23831 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23833 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23834 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23835 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23836 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23837 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23838 `default-process-coding-system'.
23840 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23844 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
23845 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
23847 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23848 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23851 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
23852 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
23853 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
23854 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
23856 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23857 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23859 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23860 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23861 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23862 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23863 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23864 `default-process-coding-system'.
23866 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23870 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
23871 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
23873 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23874 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23877 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
23878 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
23879 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
23880 `sql-postgres-options'.
23882 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23883 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23885 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23886 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23887 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23888 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23889 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23890 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
23891 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
23892 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
23894 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
23895 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
23897 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23901 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
23902 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
23904 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23905 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23908 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
23909 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
23912 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23913 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23915 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23916 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23917 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23918 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23919 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23920 `default-process-coding-system'.
23922 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23926 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
23927 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
23929 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23930 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23933 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
23936 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23937 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23939 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
23940 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
23941 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
23942 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
23944 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
23945 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
23946 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
23947 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
23948 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
23949 `default-process-coding-system'.
23951 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23955 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
23956 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
23958 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
23959 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
23962 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
23963 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
23964 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
23965 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
23968 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
23969 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
23970 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
23971 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
23974 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
23975 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
23977 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
23983 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
23984 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
23985 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
23986 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
23987 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17141
23989 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
23991 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
23992 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
23993 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
23994 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
23995 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
23996 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
23998 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
24000 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
24002 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
24003 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
24004 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
24005 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
24006 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
24007 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
24008 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
24010 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
24012 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24013 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
24014 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
24015 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
24016 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
24017 then complete the stroke with button 3.
24018 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
24020 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
24022 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
24023 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
24024 This must be bound to a mouse event.
24026 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
24028 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24029 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
24030 This must be bound to a mouse event.
24032 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
24034 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
24035 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
24037 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
24039 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
24040 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
24044 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
24045 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
24049 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
24050 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
24051 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
24052 chronologically by command name.
24053 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
24055 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
24057 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
24058 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
24059 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
24060 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24061 use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
24063 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
24065 (put (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
24067 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
24068 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
24069 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
24070 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
24071 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
24072 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
24073 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
24075 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
24076 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
24077 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
24078 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
24080 \\{strokes-mode-map}
24082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24084 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
24085 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
24086 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
24087 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
24089 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
24091 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
24092 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
24098 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
24099 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16213 43281))
24100 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
24102 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
24103 Studlify-case the region.
24105 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
24107 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
24108 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
24110 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
24112 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
24113 Studlify-case the current buffer.
24119 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
24120 ;;;;;; (17144 58011))
24121 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
24123 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
24124 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
24125 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
24126 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
24127 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
24128 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
24129 original message but it does require a few things:
24131 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
24133 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
24136 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
24137 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
24140 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
24142 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
24144 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
24145 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
24146 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
24152 ;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (17141
24154 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
24156 (autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
24157 Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
24158 The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
24159 the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
24160 Point is at POS when this function returns.
24162 \(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
24166 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17141 22983))
24167 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
24169 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
24170 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
24171 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
24172 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
24173 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
24175 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24177 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
24178 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
24179 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
24180 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
24181 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
24182 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
24183 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
24185 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24189 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
24190 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
24191 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
24192 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
24193 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
24194 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
24195 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
24196 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
24197 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
24198 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
24199 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
24200 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
24201 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17141 228))
24202 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
24204 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
24205 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
24206 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
24208 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
24210 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
24211 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
24213 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
24215 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
24216 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
24218 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
24220 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
24221 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
24223 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
24225 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
24226 Insert an editable text table.
24227 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
24228 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
24229 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
24230 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
24231 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
24232 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
24237 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
24239 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
24244 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
24245 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
24246 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
24247 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
24250 +-----+-----+-----+
24252 +-----+-----+-----+
24254 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
24256 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
24257 width, which results as
24259 +--------------+-----+-----+
24261 +--------------+-----+-----+
24263 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
24264 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
24266 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24268 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24270 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
24271 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
24272 width information to `table-insert'.
24274 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
24280 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
24283 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
24284 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
24286 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24289 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24291 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
24293 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24296 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24299 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24301 Move the point under the table as shown below.
24303 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24306 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24309 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24312 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
24313 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
24314 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
24316 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24319 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24322 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24325 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24327 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
24330 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24333 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24334 | | |Text editing inside the table |
24335 | | |cell produces reasonably |
24336 | | |expected results.-!- |
24337 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24340 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
24342 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
24346 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
24348 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
24349 Insert N table row(s).
24350 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
24351 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
24352 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
24353 are appended at the bottom of the table.
24357 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
24358 Insert N table column(s).
24359 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
24360 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
24361 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
24362 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
24366 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
24367 Insert row(s) or column(s).
24368 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
24370 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
24372 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
24373 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
24374 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
24375 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
24376 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
24377 all the table specific features.
24379 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24381 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
24386 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
24387 Recognize all tables within region.
24388 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
24389 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
24390 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
24393 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
24395 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
24398 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24400 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
24401 Recognize a table at point.
24402 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
24403 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
24404 the table specific features.
24406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24408 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
24413 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
24414 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
24415 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
24416 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
24417 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
24418 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
24419 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
24421 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
24423 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
24428 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
24429 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
24430 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
24431 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
24432 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
24433 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
24436 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
24438 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
24439 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
24440 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
24441 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
24442 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
24443 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
24444 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
24449 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
24450 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
24451 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
24452 table's rectangle structure.
24454 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
24456 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
24457 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
24458 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
24459 table's rectangle structure.
24463 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
24464 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
24465 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
24466 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
24467 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
24469 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
24471 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
24472 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
24473 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
24475 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
24476 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
24477 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
24478 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
24479 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
24480 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
24481 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
24483 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
24484 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
24485 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
24486 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
24487 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
24488 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
24489 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
24491 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
24492 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
24493 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
24494 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
24495 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
24496 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
24497 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
24498 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
24500 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
24502 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
24503 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
24504 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
24505 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
24507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24509 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
24510 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
24511 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
24513 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
24515 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
24516 Split current cell vertically.
24517 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
24521 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
24522 Split current cell horizontally.
24523 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
24527 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
24528 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
24529 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
24531 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
24533 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
24534 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
24535 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
24536 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
24538 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
24540 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
24541 Justify cell contents.
24542 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
24543 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
24544 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
24545 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
24547 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
24549 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
24550 Justify cells of a row.
24551 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
24552 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
24554 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
24556 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
24557 Justify cells of a column.
24558 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
24559 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
24561 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
24563 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
24564 Toggle fixing width mode.
24565 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
24566 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
24567 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
24569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24571 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
24572 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
24573 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
24574 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
24575 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
24576 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
24577 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
24578 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
24579 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
24580 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
24581 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
24583 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
24585 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
24586 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
24587 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
24588 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
24589 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
24590 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
24591 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
24592 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
24593 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
24594 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
24595 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
24596 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
24599 References used for this implementation:
24605 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
24607 CALS (DocBook DTD):
24608 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
24609 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
24611 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
24613 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
24614 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
24615 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
24616 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
24617 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
24618 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
24619 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
24620 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
24621 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
24622 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
24623 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
24624 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
24625 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
24626 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
24627 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
24628 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
24629 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
24634 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
24635 (table-forward-cell 15)
24636 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
24637 (table-forward-cell 16)
24638 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
24639 (table-forward-cell 1)
24640 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
24643 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
24644 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
24645 (table-forward-cell 1)
24646 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
24648 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
24650 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
24651 Delete N row(s) of cells.
24652 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
24653 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
24654 consists from cells of same height.
24658 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
24659 Delete N column(s) of cells.
24660 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
24661 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
24662 column must consists from cells of same width.
24666 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
24667 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
24668 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
24669 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
24670 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
24671 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
24672 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
24673 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
24674 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
24675 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
24676 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
24677 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
24678 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
24679 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
24680 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
24689 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
24690 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
24691 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
24694 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
24696 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
24698 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
24700 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
24704 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
24705 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
24706 of each row is optional.
24711 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
24712 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
24713 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
24714 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
24715 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
24717 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
24718 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
24720 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
24721 expression and raw delimiter regular
24722 expression, it parses the specified text
24723 area and extracts cell items from
24724 non-table text and then forms a table out
24727 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
24728 creates a single cell table. The text in
24729 the specified region is placed in that
24732 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
24735 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
24736 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
24737 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
24739 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
24740 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
24741 | expression, it parses the specified text |
24742 | area and extracts cell items from |
24743 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
24746 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
24747 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
24748 | the specified region is placed in that |
24750 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
24752 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
24753 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
24756 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
24757 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
24758 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
24759 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
24760 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
24761 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
24762 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
24763 | |area and extracts cell items from |
24764 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
24766 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
24767 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
24768 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
24769 | |the specified region is placed in that |
24771 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
24773 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
24774 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
24775 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
24777 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
24779 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
24780 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
24781 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
24782 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
24783 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
24789 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17141 22983))
24790 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
24792 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
24793 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
24795 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
24799 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17141 22984))
24800 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
24802 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
24803 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
24804 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
24805 Letters no longer insert themselves.
24806 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
24807 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
24808 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
24810 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
24811 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
24812 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
24813 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
24815 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
24822 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
24823 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17097 30772))
24824 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
24826 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
24827 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
24828 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
24829 Tab indents for Tcl code.
24830 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
24831 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24833 Variables controlling indentation style:
24835 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
24836 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
24837 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
24839 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
24840 documentation for details):
24841 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
24842 Controls action of TAB key.
24844 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
24845 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
24846 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
24847 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
24848 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
24850 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
24851 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
24859 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
24860 Run inferior Tcl process.
24861 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
24862 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
24866 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
24867 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
24868 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
24870 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
24874 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17134 16291))
24875 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
24876 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
24878 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
24879 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
24880 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
24881 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
24883 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
24884 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
24885 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
24886 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
24887 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
24889 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
24890 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
24892 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
24893 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
24894 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
24895 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
24901 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17141
24903 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
24905 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
24906 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
24907 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
24908 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
24909 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
24910 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
24912 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
24914 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
24915 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
24916 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
24917 commands to use in that buffer.
24919 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
24921 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
24923 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
24924 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
24926 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
24930 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17141
24932 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
24934 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
24935 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
24936 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
24937 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
24938 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
24939 program as keyboard input.
24941 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
24942 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
24943 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
24944 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
24946 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
24947 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
24948 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
24949 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
24950 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
24952 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
24954 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
24955 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
24956 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
24957 terminal-redisplay-interval.
24959 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
24960 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
24961 subprocess started.
24963 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
24967 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
24969 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
24971 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
24972 Start coverage on function under point.
24978 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17134 16337))
24979 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
24981 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
24982 Play the Tetris game.
24983 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
24984 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
24985 as to form complete rows.
24987 tetris-mode keybindings:
24988 \\<tetris-mode-map>
24989 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
24990 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
24991 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24992 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
24993 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
24994 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
24995 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
24996 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
25002 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
25003 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
25004 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25005 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
25006 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
25007 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
25008 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
25009 ;;;;;; (17141 234))
25010 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
25012 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
25013 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
25015 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
25017 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
25018 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
25019 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
25020 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
25021 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
25023 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
25025 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
25026 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
25027 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
25028 if it matches the first line of the file,
25029 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
25031 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
25033 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
25034 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
25035 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
25036 if the variable is non-nil.")
25038 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
25040 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
25041 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
25043 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
25045 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
25046 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
25047 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
25048 See the documentation of that variable.")
25050 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
25052 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
25053 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
25054 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
25055 See the documentation of that variable.")
25057 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
25059 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
25060 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
25061 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
25062 See the documentation of that variable.")
25064 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
25066 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
25067 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
25068 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
25069 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
25070 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
25072 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
25074 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
25075 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
25076 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
25077 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
25079 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
25081 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
25082 *User defined LaTeX block names.
25083 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
25085 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
25087 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
25088 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
25089 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25090 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
25092 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
25094 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
25095 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25096 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25097 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
25099 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
25101 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
25102 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
25103 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25104 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
25106 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
25107 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
25110 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25111 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
25113 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
25116 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
25118 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
25119 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
25120 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
25121 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
25122 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
25124 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
25126 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
25128 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
25129 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
25130 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
25132 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
25134 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
25135 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
25136 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
25137 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
25138 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
25140 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
25142 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
25143 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
25145 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
25147 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
25148 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
25150 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
25152 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25153 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
25154 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
25155 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
25156 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
25157 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
25158 says which mode to use.
25162 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
25164 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
25166 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
25168 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25169 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
25170 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
25171 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
25172 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
25174 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
25175 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
25176 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
25177 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
25178 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
25179 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
25180 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
25182 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
25183 mismatched $'s or braces.
25186 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
25190 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25192 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
25193 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25194 tex-dvi-print-command
25195 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25196 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25197 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
25198 argument) to print a .dvi file.
25199 tex-dvi-view-command
25200 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
25201 tex-show-queue-command
25202 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
25203 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
25205 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
25206 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
25207 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
25211 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25212 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
25213 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
25214 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
25215 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
25217 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
25218 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
25219 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
25220 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
25221 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
25222 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
25223 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
25225 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
25226 mismatched $'s or braces.
25233 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25235 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
25236 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25237 tex-dvi-print-command
25238 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25239 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25240 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
25241 argument) to print a .dvi file.
25242 tex-dvi-view-command
25243 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
25244 tex-show-queue-command
25245 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
25246 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
25248 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
25249 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
25250 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
25254 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25255 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
25256 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
25257 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
25258 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
25260 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
25261 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
25262 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
25263 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
25264 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
25265 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
25266 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
25268 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
25269 mismatched $'s or braces.
25272 \\{slitex-mode-map}
25276 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25278 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
25279 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
25280 tex-dvi-print-command
25281 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
25282 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
25283 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
25284 argument) to print a .dvi file.
25285 tex-dvi-view-command
25286 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
25287 tex-show-queue-command
25288 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
25289 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
25291 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
25292 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
25293 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
25294 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
25298 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
25303 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
25304 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
25310 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
25311 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17141 241))
25312 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
25314 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
25315 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
25316 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
25317 name specified in the @setfilename command.
25319 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
25320 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
25321 Info-split to do these manually.
25323 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
25325 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
25326 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
25327 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
25328 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
25329 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
25331 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
25333 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
25334 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
25335 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
25336 names specified in the @setfilename command.
25338 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
25339 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
25340 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
25341 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
25343 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
25344 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
25346 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
25350 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
25351 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17141 243))
25352 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
25354 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
25355 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
25357 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
25359 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
25360 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
25362 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
25364 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
25365 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
25367 It has these extra commands:
25368 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
25370 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
25371 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
25372 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
25373 modified version of TeX input format.
25375 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
25376 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
25377 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
25378 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
25380 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
25381 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
25382 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
25383 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
25384 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
25385 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
25386 in the Texinfo file.
25388 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
25389 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
25390 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
25391 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
25392 move forward past the closing brace.
25394 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
25395 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
25397 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
25398 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
25399 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
25401 Here are the functions:
25403 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
25404 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
25405 texinfo-sequential-node-update
25407 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
25408 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
25409 texinfo-master-menu
25411 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
25413 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
25414 which menu descriptions are indented.
25416 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
25417 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
25420 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
25421 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
25422 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
25423 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
25425 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
25426 be the first node in the file.
25428 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
25429 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
25435 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
25436 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
25437 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
25438 ;;;;;; (17097 30355))
25439 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
25441 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
25442 Compose Thai characters in the region.
25443 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
25444 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
25446 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25448 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
25449 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
25451 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
25453 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
25454 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
25458 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
25461 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
25463 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
25464 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
25465 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
25466 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
25469 The return value is number of composed characters.
25471 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
25473 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
25474 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
25476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25480 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
25481 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
25482 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17141 22998))
25483 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
25485 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
25486 Move forward to the end of the next THING.
25488 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
25490 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25491 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
25492 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
25493 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
25494 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
25496 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
25497 a symbol as a valid THING.
25499 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
25500 of the textual entity that was found.
25502 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
25504 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25505 Return the THING at point.
25506 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
25507 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
25508 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
25510 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
25511 a symbol as a valid THING.
25513 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
25515 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25520 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25525 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25530 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
25537 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show-all thumbs-dired-show-marked
25538 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-all-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
25539 ;;;;;; (17141 23000))
25540 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
25542 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
25543 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
25547 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
25548 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
25549 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
25550 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
25552 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
25554 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
25555 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all marked files.
25559 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-all) "thumbs" "\
25560 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
25564 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir))
25566 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
25567 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
25573 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
25574 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
25575 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
25576 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
25577 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
25578 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17097 30355))
25579 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
25581 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
25582 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
25583 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
25587 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
25588 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
25590 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25592 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
25593 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
25594 The returned string has no composition information.
25596 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25598 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
25599 Compose Tibetan string STR.
25601 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25603 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
25604 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
25606 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25608 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
25609 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
25610 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
25611 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
25613 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25615 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
25616 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
25617 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
25618 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
25620 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
25622 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
25625 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
25627 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
25628 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
25629 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
25633 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
25634 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
25635 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
25639 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
25642 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
25644 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
25647 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
25649 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
25652 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
25656 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
25657 ;;;;;; (17141 248))
25658 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
25660 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
25661 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
25662 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
25663 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
25665 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
25667 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25669 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
25670 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
25671 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
25672 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
25674 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
25680 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
25681 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (17145 29719))
25682 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
25684 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
25685 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
25687 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
25689 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
25690 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
25691 This display updates automatically every minute.
25692 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
25693 are displayed as well.
25694 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
25698 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
25699 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
25700 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25701 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25702 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
25704 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
25706 (put (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
25708 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
25709 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
25710 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
25712 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
25713 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
25714 are displayed as well.
25715 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
25717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25721 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
25722 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
25723 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
25724 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17097
25726 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
25728 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
25729 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
25731 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
25733 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
25734 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
25735 You can use `float-time' instead.
25737 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
25739 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
25740 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
25742 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
25744 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
25745 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
25747 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
25749 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
25750 Convert DAYS into a time value.
25752 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
25754 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
25755 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
25756 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
25758 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
25760 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
25762 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
25763 Subtract two time values.
25764 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
25766 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
25768 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
25769 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
25771 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
25773 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
25774 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
25775 DATE should be a date-time string.
25777 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
25779 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
25780 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
25781 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
25783 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
25785 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
25786 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
25788 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
25790 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
25791 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
25793 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
25795 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
25796 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
25797 TIME should be a time value.
25798 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
25800 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
25802 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
25803 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
25804 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
25806 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
25810 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
25811 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17141 23000))
25812 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
25814 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
25815 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
25816 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
25817 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
25818 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
25819 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
25820 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
25821 look like one of the following:
25824 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
25825 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
25826 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
25827 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
25828 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
25829 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
25834 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
25835 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
25836 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
25838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25842 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
25843 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
25844 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
25845 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
25846 ;;;;;; (17097 30016))
25847 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
25849 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
25850 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
25851 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
25852 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
25853 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
25854 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
25855 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
25856 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
25857 display (non-nil means on).
25859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25861 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
25862 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
25863 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
25864 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
25865 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
25866 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
25867 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
25868 this function is called within a day.
25870 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
25871 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
25872 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
25873 discover the name of the project.
25875 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
25877 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
25878 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
25879 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
25880 begun during the last time segment.
25882 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
25883 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
25884 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
25885 discover the reason.
25887 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
25889 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
25890 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
25891 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
25892 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
25893 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
25895 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
25897 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
25898 Change to working on a different project.
25899 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
25900 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
25901 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
25904 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
25906 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
25907 Ask the user whether to clock out.
25908 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
25912 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
25913 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
25914 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
25918 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
25919 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
25920 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
25921 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
25922 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
25923 \"relative to today\".
25925 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
25927 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
25928 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
25929 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
25930 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
25932 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
25934 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
25935 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
25936 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
25937 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
25938 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
25939 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
25941 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
25945 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
25946 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
25947 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17141 46))
25948 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
25950 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
25952 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
25953 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
25955 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
25957 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
25958 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
25960 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
25962 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
25963 Perform an action at time TIME.
25964 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
25965 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
25966 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
25967 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
25968 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
25969 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
25971 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
25973 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
25975 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
25976 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
25977 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
25978 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
25979 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
25981 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
25983 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
25985 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
25986 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
25987 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
25988 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
25990 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
25992 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
25993 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
25994 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
25995 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
25997 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
25998 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
26000 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
26002 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
26003 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
26005 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
26006 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
26007 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
26008 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
26009 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
26010 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
26013 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
26017 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
26018 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17097 55898))
26019 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
26021 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
26022 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
26023 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
26024 the generated Quail package is saved.
26026 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
26028 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
26029 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
26030 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
26031 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
26032 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
26033 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
26034 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
26036 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
26040 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
26041 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17097
26043 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
26045 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
26048 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26050 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
26053 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26055 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
26056 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
26057 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
26060 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
26064 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
26065 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17141 23003))
26066 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
26067 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
26068 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
26069 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
26071 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
26072 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
26073 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
26074 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
26075 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
26077 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
26079 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
26080 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
26081 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
26082 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
26083 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
26085 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26087 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
26088 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
26089 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
26090 in the menu in two ways:
26091 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
26092 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
26093 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
26095 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
26096 keymap or an alist of alists.
26097 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
26098 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
26100 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
26104 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
26105 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
26106 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17097 30017))
26107 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
26109 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
26110 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
26114 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
26115 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
26117 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
26119 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
26120 Insert new TODO list entry.
26121 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
26126 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
26127 List top priorities for each category.
26129 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
26130 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
26132 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
26133 between each category.
26135 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
26137 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
26138 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
26139 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
26140 between each category.
26142 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
26144 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
26146 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
26147 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
26153 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
26154 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
26158 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
26165 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
26166 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
26167 ;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (17134 20613))
26168 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
26170 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
26171 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
26172 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26173 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26174 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
26176 (custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar")
26178 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
26180 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
26181 Toggle use of the tool bar.
26182 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
26184 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
26185 conveniently adding tool bar items.
26187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26189 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
26191 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
26192 Add an item to the tool bar.
26193 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
26194 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
26195 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
26196 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
26198 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
26199 function will first try to use lc-ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
26200 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
26201 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
26203 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
26204 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
26206 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26208 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
26209 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
26210 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
26211 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
26212 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
26213 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
26215 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
26216 function will first try to use lc-ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
26217 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
26218 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
26220 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26222 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
26223 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
26224 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
26225 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
26226 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
26227 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
26228 properties to add to the binding.
26230 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
26232 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
26233 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
26235 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26237 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
26238 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
26239 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
26240 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
26241 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
26242 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
26243 properties to add to the binding.
26245 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
26247 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
26251 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
26252 ;;;;;; (17134 16209))
26253 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
26255 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
26256 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
26257 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26258 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26259 use either \\[customize] or the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
26261 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt")
26263 (put (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
26265 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
26268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26270 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
26272 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
26273 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
26279 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
26280 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17134 16209))
26281 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
26283 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
26284 Set scroll margins.
26286 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
26288 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
26289 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
26293 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
26294 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
26300 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17141 46))
26301 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
26303 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
26304 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
26305 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
26306 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
26307 to a tcp server on another machine.
26309 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
26313 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
26314 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17141 46))
26315 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
26317 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
26318 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
26320 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
26322 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
26323 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
26324 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
26325 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
26326 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
26327 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
26328 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
26329 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
26331 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26333 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
26334 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
26335 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
26336 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
26337 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
26338 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
26339 the window or buffer configuration at all.
26341 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26345 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
26346 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
26347 ;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17142 12874))
26348 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
26350 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
26351 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
26352 Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
26354 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
26355 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
26356 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
26357 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
26359 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
26360 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
26361 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
26362 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
26364 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
26365 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
26366 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
26367 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
26368 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
26369 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
26370 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
26371 files which are not really tramp files.
26373 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
26374 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
26375 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
26376 updated after changing this variable.
26378 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
26380 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
26382 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
26383 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
26384 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
26385 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
26387 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
26388 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
26389 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
26390 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
26392 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
26393 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
26394 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
26396 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
26397 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
26398 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
26399 updated after changing this variable.
26401 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
26403 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
26405 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
26406 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
26407 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
26409 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26411 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
26412 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
26413 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
26415 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26417 (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
26419 (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
26423 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
26424 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17141 252))
26425 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
26426 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
26427 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
26428 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
26430 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
26431 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
26432 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
26433 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
26434 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
26435 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
26436 first and the associated buffer to its right.
26438 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26440 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
26441 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
26442 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
26443 accepting the proposed default buffer.
26445 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
26449 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
26450 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
26451 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
26452 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
26453 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
26454 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
26455 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
26457 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
26458 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
26460 First column's text sSs Second column's text
26463 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
26465 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
26471 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
26472 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
26473 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
26474 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
26475 ;;;;;; (17141 23006))
26476 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
26478 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
26479 Toggle typing break mode.
26480 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
26481 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26482 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
26484 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
26486 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
26487 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
26489 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
26491 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
26492 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
26494 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
26495 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
26496 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
26498 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
26499 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
26501 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
26503 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
26504 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
26506 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
26507 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
26508 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
26509 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
26511 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break")
26513 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
26514 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
26515 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
26517 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
26518 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
26519 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
26520 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
26521 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
26522 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
26524 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
26525 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
26526 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
26527 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
26529 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
26530 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
26532 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
26533 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
26535 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
26537 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
26538 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
26539 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
26541 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
26542 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
26543 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
26544 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
26545 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
26546 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
26547 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
26549 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
26550 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
26552 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
26553 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
26554 reset the keystroke counter.
26556 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
26557 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
26558 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
26559 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
26561 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
26562 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
26563 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
26564 `type-break-schedule' command.
26566 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
26567 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
26568 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
26569 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
26570 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
26571 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
26572 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
26573 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
26574 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
26576 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
26577 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
26578 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
26579 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
26580 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
26582 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
26583 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
26584 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
26585 approximate good values for this.
26587 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
26588 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
26590 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
26591 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
26592 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
26593 `type-break-warning-repeat'
26594 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
26595 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
26597 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
26598 a typing break occur. They include:
26600 `type-break-query-mode'
26601 `type-break-query-function'
26602 `type-break-query-interval'
26604 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
26606 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
26607 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
26608 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
26611 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
26613 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
26614 Take a typing break.
26616 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
26617 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
26619 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
26620 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
26624 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
26625 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
26626 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
26627 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
26631 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
26632 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
26634 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
26635 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
26636 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
26637 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
26638 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
26639 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
26640 average typing speed.)
26642 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
26643 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
26644 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
26645 the computed maximum threshold.
26647 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
26648 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
26649 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
26650 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
26651 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
26653 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
26657 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
26658 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17141 252))
26659 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
26661 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
26662 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
26663 Works by overstriking underscores.
26664 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
26665 which specify the range to operate on.
26667 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26669 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
26670 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
26671 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
26672 which specify the range to operate on.
26674 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26678 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
26679 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17141 4172))
26680 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
26682 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
26683 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
26684 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
26688 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
26689 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
26690 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
26691 following the containing message.
26697 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
26698 ;;;;;; (17141 4172))
26699 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
26701 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
26702 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
26703 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
26704 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
26705 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
26706 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
26710 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
26711 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
26713 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
26717 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17141
26719 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
26721 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
26722 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
26723 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
26724 of symbols with local bindings.
26726 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
26730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (17141 266))
26731 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
26733 (defvar url-configuration-directory "~/.url")
26737 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
26738 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17141 252))
26739 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
26741 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
26742 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
26743 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
26745 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
26746 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
26747 `url-generic-parse-url'
26748 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
26749 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
26750 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
26752 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
26753 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
26754 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
26755 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
26756 wrong, its no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
26757 what type of auth to use
26758 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
26759 if one cannot be found in the cache
26761 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
26763 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
26764 Register an HTTP authentication method.
26766 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
26767 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
26768 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
26769 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
26770 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
26771 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
26772 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
26773 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
26775 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
26779 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
26780 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17141
26782 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
26784 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
26785 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
26787 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
26789 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
26790 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
26792 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26794 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
26795 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
26797 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
26799 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
26800 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
26802 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
26806 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17141 252))
26807 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
26809 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
26812 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26816 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cookie-setup-save-timer url-cookie-handle-set-cookie
26817 ;;;;;; url-cookie-generate-header-lines url-cookie-retrieve url-cookie-write-file
26818 ;;;;;; url-cookie-parse-file) "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (17141
26820 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el
26822 (autoload (quote url-cookie-parse-file) "url-cookie" "\
26825 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
26827 (autoload (quote url-cookie-write-file) "url-cookie" "\
26830 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
26832 (autoload (quote url-cookie-retrieve) "url-cookie" "\
26833 Retrieve all the netscape-style cookies for a specified HOST and LOCALPART.
26835 \(fn HOST LOCALPART &optional SECURE)" nil nil)
26837 (autoload (quote url-cookie-generate-header-lines) "url-cookie" "\
26840 \(fn HOST LOCALPART SECURE)" nil nil)
26842 (autoload (quote url-cookie-handle-set-cookie) "url-cookie" "\
26845 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
26847 (autoload (quote url-cookie-setup-save-timer) "url-cookie" "\
26848 Reset the cookie saver timer.
26854 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
26855 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17141 254))
26856 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
26858 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
26861 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26863 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
26866 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26870 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17141
26872 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
26874 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
26875 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
26877 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
26881 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
26882 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17141 258))
26883 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
26885 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
26886 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
26890 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
26891 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
26892 Args per `open-network-stream'.
26893 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
26895 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
26899 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
26900 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17141
26902 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
26904 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
26905 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
26906 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
26907 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26908 use either \\[customize] or the function `url-handler-mode'.")
26910 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers")
26912 (put (quote url-handler-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
26914 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
26915 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
26917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26919 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
26920 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
26921 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
26922 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
26923 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
26924 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
26925 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
26926 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
26927 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
26929 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
26931 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
26932 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
26933 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
26936 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
26938 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
26941 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
26945 ;;;### (autoloads (url-history-save-history url-history-parse-history
26946 ;;;;;; url-history-setup-save-timer) "url-history" "url/url-history.el"
26947 ;;;;;; (17141 258))
26948 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el
26950 (autoload (quote url-history-setup-save-timer) "url-history" "\
26951 Reset the history list timer.
26955 (autoload (quote url-history-parse-history) "url-history" "\
26956 Parse a history file stored in FNAME.
26958 \(fn &optional FNAME)" nil nil)
26960 (autoload (quote url-history-save-history) "url-history" "\
26961 Write the global history file into `url-history-file'.
26962 The type of data written is determined by what is in the file to begin
26963 with. If the type of storage cannot be determined, then prompt the
26964 user for what type to save as.
26966 \(fn &optional FNAME)" t nil)
26970 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
26971 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17141 259))
26972 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
26974 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
26975 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
26976 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
26977 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
26978 CBARGS as the arguments.
26980 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
26982 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
26985 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
26987 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
26989 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
26992 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
26994 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
26995 Returns a property list describing options available for URL.
26996 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
26998 Property list members:
27001 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
27005 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
27009 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
27012 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
27015 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
27016 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
27017 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
27020 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27024 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17141 259))
27025 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
27027 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
27030 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27034 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17141
27036 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
27038 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
27039 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
27040 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
27041 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
27042 `url-generic-parse-url'.
27044 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27048 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
27049 ;;;;;; (17141 259))
27050 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
27052 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
27055 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27057 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
27058 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
27060 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27064 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
27065 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17141 260))
27066 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
27068 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
27069 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
27071 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27073 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
27074 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
27076 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27078 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
27081 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27083 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
27085 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
27087 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
27089 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
27090 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
27092 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27096 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
27097 ;;;;;; (17141 260))
27098 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
27100 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
27103 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27105 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
27108 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27112 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
27113 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
27114 ;;;;;; (17141 260))
27115 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
27117 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
27120 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
27122 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
27125 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
27127 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
27130 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
27132 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
27135 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
27137 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
27140 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
27142 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
27145 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
27147 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
27150 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
27154 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
27155 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17141 260))
27156 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
27158 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
27159 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
27161 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
27163 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
27164 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
27166 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
27168 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27172 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
27173 ;;;;;; (17141 263))
27174 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
27176 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
27183 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
27184 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
27185 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
27186 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
27187 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
27188 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
27189 ;;;;;; (17141 263))
27190 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
27192 (defvar url-debug nil "\
27193 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
27194 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
27196 If t, all messages will be logged.
27197 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
27198 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
27200 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util")
27202 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
27205 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27207 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
27210 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
27212 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
27213 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
27214 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
27215 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
27216 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
27222 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27224 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
27225 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
27226 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
27228 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
27230 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
27231 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
27232 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
27234 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27236 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
27237 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
27239 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
27241 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
27242 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
27246 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
27247 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
27251 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
27256 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
27259 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27261 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
27264 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
27266 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
27267 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
27269 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
27271 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
27274 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE)" nil nil)
27276 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
27277 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
27278 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
27279 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
27280 forbidden in URL encoding.
27282 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
27284 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
27285 Escape characters in a string.
27287 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27289 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
27290 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
27291 If optional variable X is t,
27292 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
27294 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
27296 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
27297 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
27298 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
27300 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
27302 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
27303 View the current document's URL.
27304 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
27307 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
27309 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
27313 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
27314 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17141 23009))
27315 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
27317 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
27318 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
27319 This function has a choice of three things to do:
27320 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
27321 to refrain from editing the file
27322 return t (grab the lock on the file)
27323 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
27324 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
27325 in any way you like.
27327 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
27329 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
27330 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
27331 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
27332 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
27333 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
27335 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
27336 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
27342 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
27343 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
27344 ;;;;;; (17141 6845))
27345 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
27347 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
27348 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
27349 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
27350 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
27352 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27354 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
27355 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
27356 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
27358 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
27360 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
27361 Uudecode region between START and END.
27362 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
27364 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
27368 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
27369 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
27370 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
27371 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
27372 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
27373 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
27374 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17141 23031))
27375 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
27377 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
27378 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
27381 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
27383 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
27384 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
27385 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
27387 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
27389 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
27390 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
27393 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
27395 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
27396 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
27398 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
27400 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
27401 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
27403 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
27405 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
27406 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
27407 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
27408 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
27409 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
27410 somebody else, signal error.
27412 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27414 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
27415 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
27416 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
27417 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
27418 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
27420 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27422 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
27423 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
27424 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
27425 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
27426 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
27427 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
27428 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
27429 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
27430 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
27431 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
27432 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
27434 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
27436 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
27437 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
27439 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
27440 it will operate on the file in the current line.
27442 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
27443 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
27444 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
27445 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
27446 lock steals will raise an error.
27448 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
27450 For RCS and SCCS files:
27451 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
27453 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
27454 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
27455 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
27456 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
27457 it performs a revert.
27458 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
27459 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
27460 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
27461 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
27462 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
27463 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
27464 the option to steal the lock.
27467 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
27468 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
27469 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
27470 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
27471 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
27472 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
27473 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
27474 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
27475 merge in the changes into your working copy.
27477 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
27479 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
27480 Register the current file into a version control system.
27481 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
27482 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
27484 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
27485 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
27486 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
27487 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
27488 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
27489 first backend that could register the file is used.
27491 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
27493 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
27494 Display diffs between file versions.
27495 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
27496 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
27497 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
27498 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
27499 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
27502 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
27504 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
27505 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
27506 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
27507 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
27511 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
27512 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
27513 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
27514 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
27518 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
27519 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
27520 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
27521 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
27522 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
27523 from the current branch.
27525 See Info node `Merging'.
27529 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
27531 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
27532 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
27534 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
27536 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
27537 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
27539 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
27541 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
27542 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
27543 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
27544 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
27545 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
27546 are checked out in that new branch.
27548 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
27550 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
27551 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
27552 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
27553 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
27554 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
27555 allowed and simply skipped).
27557 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
27559 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
27560 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
27561 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
27563 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
27565 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
27566 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
27567 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
27568 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
27569 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
27573 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
27574 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
27575 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
27576 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
27577 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
27578 the current branch are merged into the working file.
27582 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
27583 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
27584 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
27586 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
27588 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
27589 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
27590 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
27591 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
27592 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
27593 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
27594 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
27596 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
27598 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
27599 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
27600 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
27601 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
27602 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
27603 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
27604 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
27605 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
27606 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
27608 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
27610 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
27611 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
27613 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
27615 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
27616 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
27617 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
27620 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
27622 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
27623 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
27624 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
27626 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
27627 log entries should be gathered.
27629 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27631 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
27632 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
27634 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
27635 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
27636 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
27637 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
27638 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
27639 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
27641 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
27642 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
27643 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
27644 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
27645 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
27646 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
27647 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
27648 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
27650 Customization variables:
27652 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
27653 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
27654 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
27655 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
27657 \(fn PREFIX &optional REVISION DISPLAY-MODE)" t nil)
27661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17141 23009))
27662 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
27663 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
27664 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
27667 (vc-arch-registered file))))
27671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17141 23014))
27672 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
27673 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
27674 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
27675 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
27677 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
27681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17141 23016))
27682 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
27683 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
27684 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
27687 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
27691 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
27692 ;;;;;; (17141 23021))
27693 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
27695 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
27696 *Where to look for RCS master files.
27697 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
27699 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
27700 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
27704 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
27705 ;;;;;; (17141 23021))
27706 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
27708 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
27709 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
27710 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
27712 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
27713 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
27715 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
27716 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
27717 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
27718 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
27722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17141 23024))
27723 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
27724 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
27725 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
27726 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
27728 (vc-svn-registered f)))
27730 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
27734 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
27735 ;;;;;; (17144 58085))
27736 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
27738 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
27739 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
27744 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
27745 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
27746 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
27747 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
27748 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
27749 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
27750 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
27751 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
27752 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
27754 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
27755 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
27756 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
27757 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
27759 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
27760 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
27761 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
27762 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
27763 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
27765 Template styles can be customized in customization group
27766 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
27770 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
27771 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
27772 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
27776 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
27777 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
27778 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
27779 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
27781 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
27782 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
27783 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
27784 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
27785 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
27789 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
27790 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
27791 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
27792 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
27794 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
27795 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
27796 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
27797 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
27798 beginning with \"std\").
27800 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
27801 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
27802 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
27807 `--' puts a single comment.
27808 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
27809 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
27810 with a comment in between.
27811 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
27812 out following lines.
27813 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
27814 uncomments a region if already commented out.
27816 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
27817 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
27818 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
27819 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
27820 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
27823 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
27824 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
27825 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
27826 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
27827 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
27828 multi-line comments.
27832 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
27833 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
27834 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
27835 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
27837 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
27838 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
27839 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
27840 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
27842 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
27843 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
27846 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
27847 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
27851 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
27852 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
27853 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
27854 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
27855 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
27856 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
27857 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
27858 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
27860 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
27861 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
27862 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
27863 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
27864 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
27867 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
27868 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
27869 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
27871 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
27872 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
27876 | Code filling allows to condens code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
27877 | maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
27878 | lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
27879 | enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
27880 | blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
27881 | `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
27884 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
27885 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
27886 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
27887 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
27890 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
27894 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
27895 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
27896 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
27897 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
27898 internal signal initializations (menu).
27900 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
27901 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
27902 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
27904 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
27905 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
27906 | direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
27907 | outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
27908 | reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
27909 | in subsequent paste operations.)
27911 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
27912 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
27913 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
27916 | SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
27917 | Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
27918 | subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
27919 | and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
27920 | association list with formals).
27923 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
27924 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
27925 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
27926 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
27927 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
27928 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
27929 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
27930 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
27935 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
27939 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
27943 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
27944 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
27945 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
27947 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
27948 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
27951 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
27952 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
27953 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
27954 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
27956 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
27957 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
27958 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
27960 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
27961 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
27962 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
27963 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
27965 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
27966 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
27967 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
27968 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
27969 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
27971 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
27972 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
27973 required by secondary units.
27976 | STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
27977 | Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
27978 | for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
27979 | instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
27980 | (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
27981 | all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
27982 | and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
27983 | - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
27984 | connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
27985 | - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
27986 | inputs to this component -> input port created
27987 | - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
27988 | outputs from this component -> output port created
27989 | - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
27990 | considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
27992 | Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
27993 | `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
27994 | an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
27995 | component instantiation is also supported (option
27996 | `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
27998 | Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
27999 | create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
28000 | strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
28001 | component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
28002 | browser, and wiring everything automatically.
28004 | Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
28005 | components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
28007 | See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
28010 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
28011 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
28012 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
28013 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
28014 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
28015 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
28016 information. New compilers can be added.
28018 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
28019 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
28022 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
28023 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
28024 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
28025 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
28026 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
28028 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
28031 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
28032 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
28033 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
28035 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
28036 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
28037 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
28038 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
28039 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
28040 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
28041 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
28044 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
28045 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
28046 not (yet) supported.
28047 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
28048 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
28049 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
28053 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
28054 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
28055 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
28056 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
28057 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
28058 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
28059 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
28060 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
28062 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
28063 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
28064 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
28065 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
28066 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
28067 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
28068 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
28069 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
28070 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
28071 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
28072 `vhdl-project-alist'.
28076 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
28077 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
28078 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
28079 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
28080 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
28081 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
28082 current directory for VHDL source files.
28086 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
28087 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
28091 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
28092 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
28093 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
28094 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
28095 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
28096 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
28097 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
28098 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
28101 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
28102 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
28103 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
28104 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
28105 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
28106 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
28107 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
28109 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
28110 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
28111 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
28112 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
28113 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
28114 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
28116 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
28117 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
28118 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
28119 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
28120 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
28123 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
28124 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
28125 highlighted if written in lower case.
28127 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
28128 highlighted using a different background color if option
28129 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
28131 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
28132 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
28133 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
28134 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
28135 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
28139 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
28140 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
28141 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
28145 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
28146 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
28147 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
28148 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
28149 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
28153 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
28154 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
28156 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
28157 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
28158 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
28159 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
28160 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
28161 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
28162 (used to obtain the port names).
28166 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
28167 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
28171 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
28172 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
28173 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
28174 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
28175 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
28176 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
28177 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
28182 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
28183 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
28184 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
28185 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
28186 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
28188 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
28189 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
28190 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
28191 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
28192 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
28195 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
28196 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
28200 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
28201 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
28202 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
28204 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
28208 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
28209 a VHDL file first, use the command:
28211 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
28213 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
28215 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
28219 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
28225 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
28226 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
28228 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
28230 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
28231 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
28232 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
28233 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
28235 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
28236 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
28237 where the latest version can be found.
28243 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
28244 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
28245 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
28248 The VHDL Mode Authors
28249 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
28260 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17096 12516))
28261 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
28263 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
28264 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
28265 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
28266 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
28268 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
28269 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
28270 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
28271 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
28272 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
28274 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
28275 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
28277 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
28279 * Limitations and unsupported features
28280 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
28282 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
28283 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
28286 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
28287 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
28288 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
28289 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
28290 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
28291 for undoing a repeated change command.
28292 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
28293 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
28294 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
28297 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
28298 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
28299 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
28300 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
28301 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
28302 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
28303 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
28304 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
28306 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
28312 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
28313 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
28314 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
28315 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17097 30357))
28316 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
28318 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
28319 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
28321 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
28323 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
28324 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
28325 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28326 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
28328 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28330 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
28331 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
28335 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
28336 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
28337 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28338 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
28340 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28342 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
28343 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
28347 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
28350 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28352 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
28355 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28359 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
28360 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
28361 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (17141
28363 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
28365 (defvar view-mode nil "\
28366 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
28367 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
28368 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
28370 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
28372 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
28373 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
28374 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28375 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28376 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28377 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28378 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28380 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28384 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
28385 View FILE in View mode in another window.
28386 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
28387 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28388 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28389 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28390 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28391 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28393 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28397 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
28398 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
28399 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
28400 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28401 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28402 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28403 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28404 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28406 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28410 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
28411 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
28412 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28413 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28414 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28415 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28416 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28418 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28420 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
28421 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
28422 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
28424 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
28426 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
28427 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
28428 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
28429 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28430 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28431 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28432 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28433 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28435 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28437 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
28438 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
28439 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
28441 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
28443 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
28444 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
28445 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
28446 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
28447 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
28448 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
28449 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
28450 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28452 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28454 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
28455 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
28456 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
28458 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
28460 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
28461 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
28462 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
28464 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
28465 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
28466 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
28469 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
28470 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
28471 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
28472 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
28473 commands default to a repeat count of one.
28475 H, h, ? This message.
28476 Digits provide prefix arguments.
28477 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
28478 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
28479 > move to the end of buffer.
28480 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
28481 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
28482 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
28483 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
28484 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
28485 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
28486 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
28487 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
28488 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
28489 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
28490 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
28491 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
28492 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
28493 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
28494 Use this to view a changing file.
28495 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
28496 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
28497 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
28499 x exchanges point and mark.
28500 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
28501 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
28502 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
28503 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
28504 ' go to position saved in character register.
28505 s do forward incremental search.
28506 r do reverse incremental search.
28507 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
28508 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
28509 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
28510 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
28511 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
28512 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
28513 p searches backward for last regular expression.
28514 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
28515 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
28516 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
28517 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
28518 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
28519 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
28520 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
28521 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
28522 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
28523 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
28525 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
28526 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
28527 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
28528 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
28529 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
28530 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
28531 will return to that buffer.
28533 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28537 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
28538 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
28539 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
28540 `view-return-to-alist'.
28541 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
28542 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
28543 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
28545 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
28546 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
28547 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
28548 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
28549 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
28551 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
28552 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
28553 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
28554 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
28556 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
28558 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
28560 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
28562 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
28563 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
28569 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17134
28571 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
28573 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
28574 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
28578 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
28579 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
28585 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
28586 ;;;;;; (17141 11160))
28587 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
28589 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
28590 Toggle Viper on/off.
28591 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
28595 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
28596 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Viper'.
28602 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
28604 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
28606 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
28607 Function to generate warning prefixes.
28608 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
28609 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
28610 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
28611 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
28612 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
28613 the beginning of the warning.")
28615 (defvar warning-series nil "\
28616 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
28617 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
28618 which is the start of the current series; it means that
28619 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
28620 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
28621 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
28622 also call that function before the next warning.")
28624 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
28625 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
28627 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
28628 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
28629 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
28630 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
28632 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
28633 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
28634 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
28635 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
28636 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
28637 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
28639 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
28640 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
28642 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
28643 if you do not attend to it promptly.
28644 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
28645 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
28646 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
28647 :debug -- info for debugging only.
28649 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
28650 warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
28652 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
28654 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
28655 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
28657 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
28659 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
28660 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
28661 Aside from generating the message with `format',
28662 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
28664 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol).
28665 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
28666 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
28667 can be whatever you like.)
28669 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
28670 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
28672 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
28673 if you do not attend to it promptly.
28674 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
28675 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
28676 :debug -- info for debugging only.
28678 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28680 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
28681 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
28682 Aside from generating the message with `format',
28683 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
28684 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
28686 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28690 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
28691 ;;;;;; (17141 23042))
28692 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
28694 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
28695 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
28696 \\<wdired-mode-map>
28697 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
28698 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
28707 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17134 16307))
28708 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
28710 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
28711 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
28713 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
28716 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
28723 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
28724 ;;;;;; (17134 4682))
28725 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
28726 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
28727 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
28729 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
28731 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
28732 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
28733 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28734 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28735 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
28737 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
28739 (put (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
28741 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
28742 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
28743 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
28744 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
28746 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
28749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28753 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
28754 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
28755 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
28756 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
28757 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
28758 ;;;;;; (17141 23042))
28759 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
28761 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
28762 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
28766 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
28767 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
28771 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
28772 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
28776 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
28777 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
28781 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
28782 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
28786 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
28787 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
28789 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
28790 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
28791 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
28792 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
28793 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
28795 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
28797 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
28798 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
28800 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
28802 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
28803 Check the region for whitespace errors.
28807 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
28808 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
28810 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
28811 whitespace problems.
28815 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
28816 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
28820 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
28822 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
28823 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
28824 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
28825 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28826 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
28828 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
28830 (put (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
28832 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
28833 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
28834 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
28836 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
28837 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
28839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28841 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
28842 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
28843 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
28849 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
28850 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17141 23042))
28851 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
28853 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
28854 Browse the widget under point.
28858 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
28859 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
28861 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
28863 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
28864 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
28866 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
28868 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
28869 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
28870 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
28872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28876 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
28877 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17141
28879 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
28881 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
28882 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
28884 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
28886 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
28887 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
28888 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
28890 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
28892 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
28893 Create widget of TYPE.
28894 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
28896 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28898 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
28901 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
28903 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
28904 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
28906 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28908 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
28909 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
28910 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
28912 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
28913 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
28919 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
28920 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17141
28922 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
28924 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
28925 Select the window to the left of the current one.
28926 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
28927 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
28928 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
28929 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
28930 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
28932 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28934 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
28935 Select the window above the current one.
28936 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
28937 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
28938 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
28939 negative ARG) of the current window.
28940 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
28942 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28944 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
28945 Select the window to the right of the current one.
28946 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
28947 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
28948 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
28949 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
28950 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
28952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28954 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
28955 Select the window below the current one.
28956 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
28957 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
28958 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
28959 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
28960 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
28962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28964 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
28965 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
28966 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
28967 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
28969 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
28973 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
28974 ;;;;;; (17141 23053))
28975 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
28977 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
28978 Toggle Winner mode.
28979 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28980 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
28982 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
28984 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
28985 Toggle Winner mode.
28986 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
28988 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28992 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
28993 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17141 23061))
28994 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
28996 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
28997 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
28998 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
28999 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
29000 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
29001 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
29002 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
29003 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
29005 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
29006 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
29008 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
29010 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
29011 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
29015 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
29016 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
29017 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
29018 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
29019 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
29020 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
29021 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
29022 `woman' command for further details.
29024 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
29028 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
29029 ;;;;;; (17134 16237))
29030 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
29032 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
29033 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
29036 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
29037 are not implemented
29038 - Options for search and replace
29039 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
29040 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
29042 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
29045 The key bindings are:
29055 C-i indent-for-tab-command
29057 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
29058 C-l ws-repeat-search
29061 C-r scroll-down-line
29068 C-y kill-complete-line
29071 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
29072 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
29073 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
29074 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
29075 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
29076 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
29077 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
29078 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
29079 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
29080 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
29081 C-k b ws-begin-block
29082 C-k c ws-copy-block
29083 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
29085 C-k h ws-show-markers
29086 C-k i ws-indent-block
29088 C-k p ws-print-block
29091 C-k s save-some-buffers
29093 C-k u ws-exdent-block
29094 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
29095 C-k v ws-move-block
29096 C-k w ws-write-block
29098 C-k y ws-delete-block
29100 C-o c wordstar-center-line
29101 C-o b switch-to-buffer
29102 C-o j justify-current-line
29105 C-o m auto-fill-mode
29106 C-o r set-fill-column
29107 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
29108 C-o wd delete-other-windows
29109 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
29110 C-o wo other-window
29111 C-o wv split-window-vertically
29113 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
29114 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
29115 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
29116 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
29117 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
29118 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
29119 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
29120 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
29121 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
29122 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
29123 C-q a ws-query-replace
29124 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
29125 C-q c end-of-buffer
29128 C-q k ws-to-block-end
29130 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
29131 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
29132 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
29133 C-q w ws-last-error
29135 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
29141 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
29142 ;;;;;; (17144 6225))
29143 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
29145 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
29146 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
29147 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
29148 Returns the top node with all its children.
29149 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
29150 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
29152 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
29154 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
29155 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
29156 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
29157 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
29158 is not well-formed XML.
29159 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
29160 and returned as the first element of the list.
29161 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
29163 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
29167 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (17141
29169 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
29171 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
29172 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
29173 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
29174 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29175 use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
29177 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
29179 (put (quote xterm-mouse-mode) (quote custom-set) (quote custom-set-minor-mode))
29181 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
29182 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
29183 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
29185 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
29186 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
29187 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
29188 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
29189 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
29190 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
29192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29196 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
29197 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17141 6846))
29198 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
29200 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
29201 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
29203 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29205 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
29206 Extract file name from an yenc header.
29212 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
29213 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17134 16337))
29214 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
29216 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
29217 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
29219 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
29221 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
29222 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
29224 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
29226 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
29227 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
29228 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
29230 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
29232 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
29233 Zippy goes to the analyst.
29239 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17134 16337))
29240 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
29242 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
29243 Zone out, completely.
29249 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
29250 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (17134 16307))
29251 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
29253 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
29254 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
29258 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
29259 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
29261 Zone-mode does two things:
29263 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
29264 when saving the file
29272 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
29273 ;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
29274 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
29275 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el"
29276 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el"
29277 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el"
29278 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el"
29279 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
29280 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
29281 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
29282 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
29283 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el"
29284 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
29285 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
29286 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el"
29287 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
29288 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
29289 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
29290 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
29291 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dos-fns.el"
29292 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el"
29293 ;;;;;; "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el"
29294 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
29295 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
29296 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
29297 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
29298 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
29299 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
29300 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
29301 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
29302 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
29303 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
29304 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
29305 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
29306 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
29307 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
29308 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
29309 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
29310 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
29311 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
29312 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
29313 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
29314 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
29315 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
29316 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
29317 ;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "format.el"
29318 ;;;;;; "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
29319 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
29320 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
29321 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
29322 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el"
29323 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
29324 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
29325 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
29326 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
29327 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
29328 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
29329 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
29330 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
29331 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
29332 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
29333 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
29334 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
29335 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
29336 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
29337 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
29338 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pgg-def.el"
29339 ;;;;;; "gnus/pgg-gpg.el" "gnus/pgg-parse.el" "gnus/pgg-pgp.el" "gnus/pgg-pgp5.el"
29340 ;;;;;; "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
29341 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
29342 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el"
29343 ;;;;;; "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el"
29344 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/iso-insert.el"
29345 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
29346 ;;;;;; "international/latin-1.el" "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el"
29347 ;;;;;; "international/latin-4.el" "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el"
29348 ;;;;;; "international/latin-9.el" "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
29349 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
29350 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
29351 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/swedish.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
29352 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-7.el" "international/utf-8.el"
29353 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
29354 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
29355 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
29356 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
29357 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
29358 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
29359 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
29360 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
29361 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
29362 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
29363 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
29364 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
29365 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-customize.el"
29366 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
29367 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-index.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
29368 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el"
29369 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el"
29370 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
29371 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el"
29372 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-ftp.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el"
29373 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
29374 ;;;;;; "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el"
29375 ;;;;;; "obsolete/keyswap.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el" "obsolete/ooutline.el"
29376 ;;;;;; "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el" "obsolete/sc.el"
29377 ;;;;;; "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el" "obsolete/uncompress.el"
29378 ;;;;;; "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el" "patcomp.el"
29379 ;;;;;; "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
29380 ;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
29381 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
29382 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
29383 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
29384 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
29385 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
29386 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
29387 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
29388 ;;;;;; "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el"
29389 ;;;;;; "replace.el" "s-region.el" "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el"
29390 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el"
29391 ;;;;;; "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el" "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el"
29392 ;;;;;; "term/bobcat.el" "term/cygwin.el" "term/internal.el" "term/iris-ansi.el"
29393 ;;;;;; "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el" "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el"
29394 ;;;;;; "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el" "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el"
29395 ;;;;;; "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el" "term/tvi970.el"
29396 ;;;;;; "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el" "term/vt200.el"
29397 ;;;;;; "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el" "term/vt300.el"
29398 ;;;;;; "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el" "term/w32-win.el"
29399 ;;;;;; "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
29400 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
29401 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
29402 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
29403 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
29404 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
29405 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
29406 ;;;;;; "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-https.el"
29407 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
29408 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
29409 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
29410 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
29411 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (17146 34583 615470))
29415 ;;; Local Variables:
29416 ;;; version-control: never
29417 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
29418 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
29420 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here